libisoburn/xorriso/xorriso.texi

\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
@c %**start of header
@setfilename xorriso.info
@settitle GNU xorriso 1.5.7
@c %**end of header
@c
@c man-ignore-lines begin
@dircategory Archiving
@direntry
* Xorriso: (xorriso).           Burns ISO 9660 on CD, DVD, BD.
@end direntry
@c man-ignore-lines end
@c
@c Notes about embedded man page:
@c This texinfo code contains the necessary info to produce a man page
@c which resembles much the version of xorriso.1 from which this code
@c was originally derived in march 2010.
@c One can produce the man page by applying the following rules:
@c   The first line gets discarded.
@c   Line start "@c man " will become "", the remainder is put out unaltered. 
@c   Lines "@*" will be converted to ".br"
@c   "@c man-ignore-lines N"  will discard N following lines.
@c   "@c man-ignore-lines begin" discards all following lines
@c   up to "@c man-ignore-lines end".
@c   Line blocks of "@menu" "@end menu" will be discarded.
@c   "@item word words" becomes "\fBword\fR words".
@c   @b{...}, @command{...}, @dfn{...}, @emph{...}, @strong{...}
@c     get mapped to \fB...\fR .
@c   @abbr{...}, @code{...}, @file{...}, @i{...}, @option{...}, @r{...},
@c     @ref{...}, @samp{...},@var{...}, get mapped to ... .
@c   @ref{...}, @xref{...} get mapped to empty text.
@c   @email{...} gets mapped to <...> .
@c   Mapped {...} content is subject to the rules except {...} mapping.
@c   @minus{} will become "-".
@c   @@ , @{, @} will get stripped of their first @.
@c   Other lines which begin by "@" will be discarded.
@c   In lines not stemming from "@c man", "\" becomes "\\"
@c   "-" which are not preceded by an uneven number of "\" will get
@c     prepended one "\".
@c
@c
@c man .\"                                      Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
@c man .\"
@c man .\" IMPORTANT NOTE:
@c man .\"
@c man .\"        The original of this file is kept in xorriso/xorriso.texi
@c man .\"        This here was generated by program xorriso/make_xorriso_1
@c man .\"
@c man .\"
@c man .\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
@c man .\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection
@c man .\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1)
@c man .TH XORRISO 1 "Version 1.5.7, Dec 08, 2024"
@c man .\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
@c man .\"
@c man .\" Some roff macros, for reference:
@c man .\" .nh        disable hyphenation
@c man .\" .hy        enable hyphenation
@c man .\" .ad l      left justify
@c man .\" .ad b      justify to both left and right margins
@c man .\" .nf        disable filling
@c man .\" .fi        enable filling
@c man .\" .br        insert line break
@c man .\" .sp <n>    insert n+1 empty lines
@c man .\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7)
@c man .nh
@c man-ignore-lines begin
@copying
xorriso - creates, loads, manipulates and writes ISO 9660 filesystem images
with Rock Ridge extensions.

Copyright @copyright{} 2007 - 2024 Thomas Schmitt

@quotation
Permission is granted to distribute this text freely.
@end quotation
@end copying
@c man-ignore-lines end
@titlepage
@title Manual of GNU xorriso 1.5.7
@author Thomas Schmitt
@page
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@insertcopying
@end titlepage
@contents
@ifnottex
@node Top
@top GNU xorriso 1.5.7
@c man-ignore-lines 1

@c man .SH NAME
xorriso - creates, loads, manipulates and writes ISO 9660 filesystem images
with Rock Ridge extensions.
@end ifnottex
@menu
* Overview::            Overview
* Model::               Session model
* Media::               Media types and states
* Methods::             Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing
* Drives::              Libburn drives
* Extras::              Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr
* Processing::          Command processing
* Dialog::              Dialog, Readline, Result pager
* Commands::            Reference of commands
* Examples::            Examples
* Files::               Files
* Environ::             Environment
* Seealso::             See also
* Bugreport::           Reporting bugs
* Legal::               Author, Copyright, Credits
* CommandIdx::          Alphabetic Command List
* ConceptIdx::          Alphabetic List of Concepts and Objects
@end menu
@node Overview, Model, Top, Top
@chapter Overview
@c man .SH SYNOPSIS
@c man .B xorriso
@c man .RI [ settings | actions ]
@c man .br
@c man .SH DESCRIPTION
@c man .PP
@command{xorriso}
is a program which copies file objects from POSIX compliant
filesystems into Rock Ridge enhanced ISO 9660 filesystems and performs
session-wise manipulation of such filesystems. It can load the management
information of existing ISO images and it writes the session results to
optical media or to filesystem objects.
@*
Vice versa @command{xorriso} is able to copy file objects out of ISO 9660
filesystems.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
A special property of @command{xorriso} is that it needs neither an external
ISO 9660
formatter program nor an external burn program for CD, DVD or BD but rather
incorporates the libraries of libburnia-project.org .
@c man .SS
@section Features
@c man .B Overview of features:
@*
Operates on an existing ISO image or creates a new one.
@*
Copies files from disk filesystem into the ISO image.
@*
Copies files from ISO image to disk filesystem (see osirrox).
@*
Renames or deletes file objects in the ISO image.
@*
Changes file properties in the ISO image.
@*
Updates ISO subtrees incrementally to match given disk subtrees.
@*
Writes result either as completely new image or as add-on session
to optical media or filesystem objects.
@*
Can activate ISOLINUX and GRUB boot images via El Torito and MBR.
@*
Can perform multi-session tasks as emulation of mkisofs and cdrecord.
@*
Can record and restore hard links and ACL.
@*
Content may get zisofs compressed or filtered by external processes.
@*
Can issue commands to mount older sessions on GNU/Linux or FreeBSD.
@*
Can check media for damages and copy readable blocks to disk.
@*
Can attach MD5 checksums to each data file and the whole session.
@*
Scans for optical drives, blanks re-usable optical media.
@*
Reads its instructions from command line arguments, dialog, and files.
@*
Provides navigation commands for interactive ISO image manipulation.
@*
Adjustable thresholds for abort, exit value, and problem reporting.
@*
@sp 1
@c man .sp 1
Note that @command{xorriso} does not write audio CDs and that it does not
produce UDF filesystems which are specified for official video DVD or BD.
@c man .SS
@c man .B General information paragraphs:
@c man .br
@c man Session model
@c man .br
@c man Media types and states
@c man .br
@c man Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing
@c man .br
@c man Libburn drives
@c man .br
@c man Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr
@c man .br
@c man Command processing
@c man .br
@c man Dialog, Readline, Result pager
@c man .sp 1
@c man Maybe you first want to have a look at section EXAMPLES near the end of
@c man this text before reading the next few hundred lines of background information.
@c man .SS
@node Model, Media, Overview, Top
@chapter Session model
@c man \fBSession model:\fR
@c man .br
@cindex Session, _definition
@cindex ISO 9660, _definition
@cindex ECMA-119, _definition
Unlike other filesystems, @strong{ISO 9660} (aka @strong{ECMA-119})
is not intended for read-write operation but
rather for being generated in a single sweep and being written to media as a
@strong{session}.
@*
@cindex Image, _definition
The data content of the session is called filesystem @strong{image}.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
The written image in its session can then be mounted by the operating system
for being used read-only. GNU/Linux is able to mount ISO images from block
devices, which may represent optical media, other media or via a loop device
even from regular disk files. FreeBSD mounts ISO images from devices that
represent arbitrary media or from regular disk files.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex Multi-session, _definition
This session usage model has been extended on CD media by the concept of
@strong{multi-session} ,
which adds information to the CD and gives the mount programs
of the operating systems the addresses of the entry points of each
session. The mount programs recognize block devices which represent
CD media and will by default mount the image in the last session.
@*
This session usually contains an updated directory tree for the whole medium
which governs the data contents in all recorded sessions.
So in the view of the mount program all sessions of a particular medium
together form a single filesystem image.
@*
Adding a session to an existing ISO image is in this text referred as
@strong{growing}.
@*
The multi-session model of the MMC standard does not apply to all media
types. But program growisofs by Andy Polyakov showed how to extend this
functionality to overwritable media or disk files which carry valid ISO 9660
filesystems.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@command{xorriso} provides growing as well as an own method named
@strong{modifying} which produces a completely new ISO image from the old
one and the modifications.
See paragraph Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing below.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@command{xorriso} adopts the concept of multi-session by loading an
image directory tree if present,
by offering to manipulate it by several actions,
and by writing the new image to the target medium.
@c man .br
The first session of a @command{xorriso} run begins by the definition of
the input drive with the ISO image or by the definition of an output drive.
The session ends by command -commit which triggers writing. A -commit is
done automatically when the program ends regularly.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
After -commit a new session begins with the freshly written one as input.
A new input drive can only be chosen as long as the loaded ISO image was
not altered. Pending alteration can be revoked by command -rollback.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
Writing a session to the target is supposed to be very expensive in terms of
time and of consumed space on appendable or write-once media. Therefore all
intended manipulations of a particular ISO image should be done in a single
session. But in principle it is possible
to store intermediate states and to continue with image manipulations.
@c man .SS
@node Media, Methods, Model, Top
@chapter Media types and states
@c man .B Media types and states:
There are two families of media in the MMC standard:
@*
@cindex Multi-session media, _definition
@strong{Multi-session media} are CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R, DVD+R, DVD+R/DL, BD-R, and
unformatted DVD-RW. These media provide a table of content which
describes their existing sessions. See command @strong{-toc}.
@*
Similar to multi-session media are DVD-R DL and minimally blanked DVD-RW.
They record only a single session of which the size must be known in advance.
@command{xorriso} will write onto them only if command -close is set to "on".
@*
@cindex Overwritable media, _definition
@strong{Overwritable media} are DVD-RAM, DVD+RW, BD-RE, and formatted DVD-RW.
They offer random write access but do not provide information about their
session history. If they contain one or more ISO 9660 sessions and if the
first session was written by @command{xorriso}, then a table of content can
be emulated. Else only a single overall session will be visible.
@*
DVD-RW media can be formatted by -format "full". 
They can be made unformatted by -blank "deformat".
@*
Regular files and block devices are handled as overwritable media.
Pipes and other writeable file types are handled as blank multi-session media.
@*
@cindex Unsuitable media states, _definition
The program growisofs formats by default BD-R to be pseudo-overwritable (POW).
xorriso will classify them as
@*
  Media current: is unsuitable , is POW formatted
@*
and will refuse to write to them or to obtain multi-session information from
them.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
These media can assume several states in which they offer different
capabilities.
@*
@sp 1
@cindex Blank media, _definition
@strong{Blank} media can be written from scratch. They contain no ISO image
suitable for @command{xorriso}.
@*
Blank is the state of newly purchased optical media.
With used CD-RW and DVD-RW it can be achieved by action -blank "as_needed".
Overwritable media are considered blank if they are new or if they have
been marked as blank by @command{xorriso}.
Action -blank "as_needed" can be used to do this marking on overwritable
media, or to apply mandatory formatting to new media if necessary.
@*
@sp 1
@cindex Appendable media, _definition
@strong{Appendable} media accept further sessions. Either they are MMC
multi-session media in appendable state, or they are overwritable media
which contain an ISO image suitable for @command{xorriso}.
@*
Appendable is the state after writing a session with command -close off.
@*
@sp 1
@cindex Closed media, _definition
@strong{Closed} media cannot be written. They may contain an ISO image suitable
for @command{xorriso}.
@*
Closed is the state of DVD-ROM media and of multi-session media which were
written with command -close on. If the drive is read-only hardware then it will
probably show any media as closed CD-ROM or DVD-ROM.
@*
Overwritable media assume this state in such read-only drives or if they
contain unrecognizable data in the first 32 data blocks.
@*
Read-only drives may or may not show session histories of multi-session
media. Often only the first and the last session are visible. Sometimes
not even that. Command -rom_toc_scan might or might not help in such cases.
@c man .SS
@node Methods, Drives, Media, Top
@chapter Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing:
@c man .B Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing:
@*
@cindex Create, new ISO image, _definition
A new empty ISO image gets @strong{created}
if there is no input drive with a valid ISO 9660 image when the first time
an output drive is defined. This is achieved by command -dev on blank media
or by command -outdev on media in any state.
@*
The new empty image can be populated with directories and files.
Before it can be written, the medium in the output drive must get into
blank state if it was not blank already.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
If there is a input drive with a valid ISO image, then this image gets loaded
as foundation for manipulations and extension. The constellation of input
and output drive determines which write method will be used.
They have quite different capabilities and constraints.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex Growing, _definition
The method of @strong{growing} adds new data to the existing data on the
medium. These data comprise of new file content and they override the existing
ISO 9660 + Rock Ridge directory tree. It is possible to hide files from
previous sessions but they still exist on the medium and with many types of
optical media it is quite easy to recover them by mounting older sessions.
@*
Growing is achieved by command -dev.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex Modifying, _definition
The write method of @strong{modifying} produces compact filesystem
images with no outdated files or directory trees. Modifying can write its
images to target media which are completely unsuitable for multi-session
operations. E.g. DVD-RW which were treated with -blank deformat_quickest,
DVD-R DL, named pipes, character devices, sockets.
On the other hand modified sessions cannot be written to appendable media
but to blank media only.
@*
So for this method one needs either two optical drives or has to work with
filesystem objects as source and/or target medium.
@*
Modifying takes place if input drive and output drive are not the same and
if command -grow_blindly is set to its default "off".
This is achieved by commands -indev and -outdev.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex Blind growing, _definition
If command -grow_blindly is set to a non-negative number and if -indev and
-outdev are both set to different drives, then @strong{blind growing} is
performed. It produces an add-on session which is ready for being written
to the given block address. This is the usage model of
@*
 mkisofs -M $indev -C $msc1,$msc2 -o $outdev
@*
which gives much room for wrong parameter combinations and should thus only be
employed if a strict distinction between ISO formatter @command{xorriso}
and the burn program is desired. -C $msc1,$msc2 is equivalent to:
@*
 -load sbsector $msc1 -grow_blindly $msc2
@c man .SS
@node Drives, Extras, Methods, Top
@chapter Libburn drives
@c man .B Libburn drives:
@c man .br
@cindex Drive, _definition
Input drive, i.e. source of an existing or empty ISO image, can be any random
access readable libburn drive: optical media with readable data,
blank optical media, regular files, block devices.
@*
Output drive, i.e. target for writing, can be any libburn drive.
Some drive types do not support the method of growing but only the methods
of modifying and blind growing. They all are suitable for newly created images.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
All drive file objects have to offer rw-permission to the user of
@command{xorriso}.
Even those which will not be usable for reading an ISO image.
@*
@cindex LBA, _definition
With any type of drive object, the data are considered to be organized in
blocks of 2 KiB. Access happens in terms of Logical Block Address
(@strong{LBA}) which gives the number of a particular data block. 
@c man .PP
@sp 1
MMC compliant (i.e. optical) drives on GNU/Linux usually get addressed by
the path of their block device or of their generic character device. E.g.
@*
  -dev /dev/sr0
@*
  -dev /dev/hdc
@*
  -dev /dev/sg2
@*
By default xorriso will try to map the given address to /dev/hd* and /dev/sr*.
The command -scsi_dev_family can redirect the mapping from sr to scd or sg.
The latter does not suffer from the concurrency problems which plagued /dev/sr
of Linux kernels since version 3 up to 5.5. But it does not yield the same
addresses which are used by mount(8) or by open(2) for read(2).
@*
On FreeBSD the device files have names like
@*
  -dev /dev/cd0
@*
On NetBSD:
@*
  -dev /dev/rcd0d
@*
On OpenSolaris:
@*
  -dev /dev/rdsk/c4t0d0s2
@*
Get a list of accessible drives by command
@*
  -device_links
@*
It might be necessary to do this as
@strong{superuser}
in order to see all drives and to then allow rw-access for the intended users.
Consider to bundle the authorized users in a group like old "floppy".
@c man .PP
@sp 1
Filesystem objects of nearly any type can be addressed by prefix "stdio:" and
their path in the filesystem. E.g.:
@*
  -dev stdio:/dev/sdc
@*
The default setting of -drive_class allows the user to address files outside
the /dev tree without that prefix. E.g.:
@*
  -dev /tmp/pseudo_drive
@*
If path leads to a regular file or to a block device then the emulated drive
is random access readable and can be used for the method of growing if it
already contains a valid ISO 9660 image. Any other file type is not readable
via "stdio:" and can only be used as target for the method of modifying or
blind growing.
Non-existing paths in existing directories are handled as empty regular files.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
A very special kind of pseudo drive are open file descriptors. They are
depicted by "stdio:/dev/fd/" and descriptor number (see man 2 open).
@*
Addresses "-" or "stdio:/dev/fd/1" depict standard output, which normally is
the output channel for result texts.
To prevent a fatal intermingling of ISO image and text messages, all result
texts get redirected to stderr if -*dev "-" or "stdio:/dev/fd/1" is among
the start arguments of the program.
@*
Standard output is currently suitable for creating one session
per program run without dialog. Use in other situations is discouraged
and several restrictions apply: 
@*
It is not allowed to use standard output as pseudo drive if it was not
among the start arguments. Do not try to fool this ban via backdoor addresses
to stdout.
@*
If stdout is used as drive, then -use_readline is permanently disabled.
Use of backdoors can cause severe memory and/or tty corruption.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
Be aware that especially the superuser can write into any accessible file or
device by using its path with the "stdio:" prefix. By default any address
in the /dev tree without prefix "stdio:" will work only if it leads to a MMC
drive.
@*
One may use command
@strong{-ban_stdio_write}
to surely prevent this risk and to restrict drive usage to MMC drives.
@*
One may prepend "mmc:" to a path to surely disallow any automatic "stdio:".
@c man .br
By command -drive_class one may ban certain paths or allow access without
prefix "stdio:" to other paths.
@c man .SS
@node Extras, Processing, Drives, Top
@chapter Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr
@c man .B Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr:
@c man .br
@cindex Rock Ridge, _definition
@strong{Rock Ridge}
is the name of a set of additional information which enhance
an ISO 9660 filesystem so that it can represent a POSIX compliant filesystem
with ownership, access permissions, symbolic links, and other attributes.
@*
This is what @command{xorriso} uses for a decent representation of the disk
files within the ISO image. @command{xorriso} produces Rock Ridge information
by default. It is strongly discouraged to disable this feature.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@command{xorriso} is not named "porriso" because POSIX only guarantees
14 characters
of filename length. It is the X/Open System Interface standard XSI which
demands a file name length of up to 255 characters and paths of up to 1024
characters. Rock Ridge fulfills this demand.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex El Torito, _definition
An @strong{El Torito}
boot record points the BIOS bootstrapping facility to one or more boot
images, which are binary program files stored in the ISO image.
The content of the boot image files is not in the scope of El Torito.
@*
Most bootable GNU/Linux CDs are equipped with ISOLINUX or GRUB boot images.
@command{xorriso} is able to create or maintain an El Torito object which
makes such an image bootable. For details see command -boot_image.
@*
@cindex MBR, _definition
It is possible to make ISO images bootable from USB stick or other
hard-disk-like media. Several options install a @strong{MBR}
(Master Boot Record), It may get adjusted according to the needs of the
intended boot firmware and the involved boot loaders, e.g. GRUB2 or ISOLINUX.
A MBR contains boot code and a partition table.
The new MBR of a follow-up session can get in effect
only on overwritable media.
@*
MBR is read by PC-BIOS when booting from USB stick or hard disk,
and by PowerPC CHRP or PReP when booting.
An MBR partition with type 0xee indicates the presence of GPT.
@*
Emulation -as mkisofs supports the example options out of the ISOLINUX wiki,
the options used in GRUB script grub-mkrescue, and the example in the
FreeBSD AvgLiveCD wiki.
@*
@cindex GPT, _definition
A @strong{GPT} (GUID Partition Table) marks partitions in a more modern way.
It is read by EFI when booting from USB stick or hard disk, and may be used
for finding and mounting a HFS+ partition inside the ISO image.
@*
@cindex APM, _definition
An @strong{APM} (Apple Partition Map) marks the HFS+ partition.
It is read by Macs for booting and for mounting.
@*
MBR, GPT and APM are combinable. APM occupies the first 8 bytes of
MBR boot code. All three do not hamper El Torito booting from CDROM.
@*
There is support for further facilities:
MIPS Big Endian (SGI), MIPS Little Endian (DEC), SUN SPARC, HP-PA.
Those are mutually not combinable and also not combinable with MBR, GPT,
or APM.
@*
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex ACL, _definition
@strong{ACL}
are an advanced way of controlling access permissions to file objects. Neither
ISO 9660 nor Rock Ridge specify a way to record ACLs. So libisofs has
introduced a standard conformant extension named AAIP for that purpose.
It uses this extension if enabled by command
@strong{-acl}.
@*
AAIP enhanced images are supposed to be mountable normally, but one cannot
expect that the mounted filesystem will show and respect the ACLs.
For now, only @command{xorriso} is able to retrieve those ACLs.
It can bring them into
effect when files get restored to an ACL enabled file system or it can
print them in a format suitable for tool setfacl.
@*
Files with ACL show as group permissions the setting of entry "mask::" if
that entry exists. Nevertheless the non-listed group members get handled
according to entry "group::". When removing ACL from a file,
@command{xorriso} brings "group::" into effect.
@*
Recording and restoring of ACLs from and to local files works currently
only on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex xattr, _definition
@cindex EA, _definition
@cindex extattr, _definition
@strong{xattr} (aka EA, or extattr)
are pairs of name and value which can be attached to file objects. AAIP is
able to represent them and @command{xorriso} can record and restore them.
@*
But be aware that pairs with names of non-user namespaces are not necessarily
portable between operating systems and not even between filesystems.
Only those which begin with "user.", like "user.x" or "user.whatever",
can unconditionally be expected to be appropriate on other machines and disks.
Processing of other xattr may need administrator privileges. 
@*
Name has to be a 0 terminated string.
Value may be any array of bytes which does not exceed the size of 4095 bytes.
xattr processing happens only if it is enabled by command
@strong{-xattr}.
@*
As with ACL, currently only @command{xorriso} is able to retrieve xattr
from AAIP enhanced images, to restore them to xattr capable file systems,
or to print them. 
@*
Recording and restoring of xattr from and to local files works currently
only on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD, where they are known as extattr. 
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex Linux file attributes, _definition
@strong{Linux file attributes} are binary flags which can be set by program
chattr(1) and listed by program lsattr(1). See their man pages and the
definitions FS_*_FL in Linux header file <linux/fs.h>.
Not all defined flags get reported by lsattr and accepted by chattr, but their
number grew over the years.
@*
@command{xorriso} records the flags of disk files if enabled by command
@strong{-lfa_flags}. Its command -lsattr lists 22 flags the same way as the
program lsattr does. They can be set by xorriso command -chattr and can be
enabled by -lfa_flags for restoring when their files get restored to disk.
@c man .PP
@cindex XFS-style project ids, _definition
@strong{XFS-style project ids} are numbers which define the members of file
object groups, called projects. They can be set by programs chattr(1) and
xfs_quota(8) and reported by programs lsattr(1) and xfs_quota(8).
The files of a project can share quotas which limit their usage of filesystem
resources. This is possible in XFS and in specially prepared and mounted ext4
filesystems. Project id 0 means that the file is not member of any project.
@*
@command{xorriso} records non-zero project ids of disk files if enabled by
command @strong{-projid}. Command -get_projid lists the project ids of files.
They can be set by command -set_projid and get restored to disk if enabled
by -projid. Usually project id 0 is not set to restored disk files, so that
they may get the project id of their parent disk directory.
@sp 1
@c man .SS
@node Processing, Dialog, Extras, Top
@chapter Command processing
@c man .B Command processing:
@c man .br
Commands are either actions which happen immediately or settings which
influence following actions. So their sequence does matter, unless they are
given as program arguments and command
@strong{-x}
is among them.
@*
The list of all current settings can be inquired by command -status "long".
Command -status "short" lists a handful of fundamental settings and all
settings which are not default at program start.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex List delimiter, _definition
Commands consist of a command word,
followed by zero or more parameter words. If the list of parameter words
is of variable length (indicated by "[...]" or "[***]") then it must be
terminated by either the @strong{list delimiter}, occur at the end of
the argument list, or occur at the end of an input line.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
At program start the list delimiter is the string "@minus{}@minus{}".
This may be changed with the -list_delimiter command in order to allow
"@minus{}@minus{}" as parameter in a variable length list.
However, it is advised to reset the delimiter to "@minus{}@minus{}"
immediately afterwards.
@*
For brevity the list delimiter is referred as "@minus{}@minus{}"
throughout this text.
@*
The list delimiter is silently ignored if it appears after the parameters of
a command with a fixed list length. It is handled as normal text if it
appears among the parameters of such a command.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex Pattern expansion, _definition
@strong{Pattern expansion}
converts a list of pattern words into a list of existing file addresses.
Unmatched pattern words will appear unaltered in that result list.
@*
Pattern matching supports the usual shell parser wildcards '*' '?' '[xyz]'
and respects '/' as the path separator, which may only be matched literally.
@*
Pattern expansion is a property of some particular commands and not a general
feature. It is controlled by commands -iso_rr_pattern and -disk_pattern.
Commands which use pattern expansion all have variable parameter
lists which are specified in this text by "[***]" rather than "[...]".
@*
Some other commands perform pattern matching unconditionally.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
Command and parameter words are either read from the program arguments, where
one argument is one word, or from quoted input lines where words are recognized
similar to the quotation rules of a shell parser.
@*
@command{xorriso} is not a shell, although it might appear so at first glimpse.
Be aware that the interaction of quotation marks and pattern symbols like "*"
differs from the usual shell parsers. In @command{xorriso}, a quotation mark
does not make a pattern symbol literal.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex Quoted input, _definition
@strong{Quoted input}
converts whitespace-separated text into words.
The double quotation mark " and the single quotation mark ' can be used to
enclose whitespace and make it part of words (e.g. of file names). Each mark
type can enclose the marks of the other type. A trailing backslash \ outside
quotations or an open quotation cause the next input line to be appended.
@*
@cindex Backslash Interpretation, _definition
Quoted input accepts any 8-bit character except NUL (0) as the content of
the quotes.
Nevertheless it can be cumbersome for the user to produce those characters
directly. Therefore quoted input and program arguments offer optional
@strong{Backslash Interpretation}
which can represent all 8-bit characters except NUL (0) via backslash codes
as in $'...' of bash.
@*
This is not enabled by default. See command -backslash_codes.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
When the program starts then it first looks for argument -no_rc. If this is
not present then it looks for its startup files and
reads their content as command input lines. Then it interprets
the program arguments as commands and parameters. Finally it enters
dialog mode if command -dialog "on" has been executed by this point.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
The program ends either by command -end, or by the end of program arguments
if dialog mode has not been enabled at that point, or by a problem
event which triggers the threshold of command -abort_on.
@c man .SS
@node Dialog, Commands, Processing, Top
@chapter Dialog, Readline, Result pager
@c man .B Dialog, Readline, Result pager:
@c man .br
Dialog mode prompts for a quoted input line, parses it into words, and performs
them as commands with their parameters. It provides assisting services
to make dialog more comfortable.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
Readline is an enhancement for the input line. You may already know it from
the bash shell. Whether it is available in @command{xorriso} depends on the
availability
of package readline-dev at the time when @command{xorriso} was built from
its sourcecode.
@*
Readline lets the user move the cursor over the text in the line by help of the
Left and the Right arrow keys.
Text may be inserted at the cursor position. The Delete key removes the
character under the cursor. Up and Down arrow keys navigate through
the history of previous input lines. 
@*
@c man-ignore-lines 1
See info readline
@c man See man readline
for more info about libreadline.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
Command -page activates a built-in result text pager which may be convenient in
dialog mode. After an action has output the given number of terminal lines,
the pager prompts the user for a line of input.
@*
An empty line lets @command{xorriso} resume work until the next page is output.
@*
The single character "@@" disables paging for the current action.
@*
"@@@@@@", "x", "q", "X", or "Q" request that the current action aborts and
suppress further result output.
@*
Any other line input will be interpreted as new dialog line. The current action
is requested to abort. Afterwards, the input line is executed.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
Some actions apply paging to their info output, too.
@*
The request to abort may or may not be obeyed by the current action.
All actions try to abort as soon as possible.
@node Commands, Examples, Dialog, Top 
@chapter Commands
@c man .br
@c man .SH OPTIONS
@c man .br
All command words are shown with a leading dash although this dash is not
mandatory for the command to be recognized. Nevertheless within command -as
the dashes of the emulated commands are mandatory.
@*
Normally any number of leading dashes is ignored with command words and
inner dashes are interpreted as underscores.
@menu
* ArgSort::             Execution order of program arguments
* AqDrive::             Acquiring source and target drive
* Loading::             Influencing the behavior of image loading
* Insert::              Inserting files into ISO image
* SetInsert::           Settings for file insertion
* Manip::               File manipulations
* CmdFind::             Tree traversal command -find
* Filter::              Filters for data file content
* Writing::             Writing the result, drive control
* SetWrite::            Settings for result writing
* Bootable::            Bootable ISO images
* Jigdo::               Jigdo Template Extraction
* Charset::             Character sets
* Exception::           Exception processing
* DialogCtl::           Dialog mode control
* Inquiry::             Drive and media related inquiry actions
* Navigate::            Navigation in ISO image and disk filesystem
* Verify::              Evaluation of readability and recovery
* Restore::             osirrox ISO-to-disk restore commands
* Emulation::           Command compatibility emulations (cdrtools)
* Scripting::           Scripting, dialog and program control features
* Frontend::            Support for frontend programs via stdin and stdout
@end menu
@c man .TP
@node ArgSort, AqDrive, Commands, Commands
@section  Execution order of program arguments
@c man .B Execution order of program arguments:
@c man .PP
By default the program arguments of a xorriso run are interpreted as a
sequence of commands which get performed exactly in the given order.
This requires the user to write commands for desired settings before the
commands which shall be influenced by those settings.
@*
Many other programs support program arguments in an arbitrary ordering
and perform settings and actions in a sequence at their own discretion.
xorriso provides an option to enable such a behavior
at the cost of loss of expressivity.
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -x
@kindex -x   enables automatic execution order of arguments
@cindex Automatic execution order, of arguments, -x
Enable automatic sorting of program arguments into a sequence that
(most likely) is sensible.
This command may be given at any position among the commands
which are handed over as program arguments.
@*
Note: It works only if it is given as program argument and
with a single dash (i.e. "-x"). It will not work in startup files, nor with
-options_from_file, nor in dialog mode, nor as "x" and finally not as
"@minus{}@minus{}x".
It affects only the commands given as program arguments.
@c man .TP
@item -list_arg_sorting
@kindex -list_arg_sorting   prints sorting order of -x
@cindex Sorting order, for -x, -list_arg_sorting
List all xorriso commands in the order which applies if command -x is in
effect.
@*
This list may also be helpful without -x for a user who ponders over the
sequence in which to put commands. Deviations from the listed sorting order may
well make sense, though.
@end table
@c man .PP
@c man .TP
@node AqDrive, Loading, ArgSort, Commands
@section  Acquiring source and target drive
@c man .B Acquiring source and target drive:
@c man .PP
The effect of acquiring a drive may depend on several commands in the
next paragraph "Influencing the behavior of image loading".
If desired, their enabling commands have to be performed before the
commands which acquire the drive.
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -dev address
@kindex -dev   acquires one drive for input and output
@cindex Drive, for input and output, -dev
Set input and output drive to the same address and load an ISO image if it
is present.
If there is no ISO image then create a blank one.
Set the image expansion method to growing.
@*
This is only allowed as long as no changes are pending in the currently
loaded ISO image. If changes are pending, then one has to perform -commit
or -rollback first.
@*
Special address string "-" means standard output, to which several restrictions
apply. See above paragraph "Libburn drives".
@*
An empty address string "" gives up the current device
without acquiring a new one.
@c man .TP
@item -indev address
@kindex -indev   acquires a drive for input
@cindex Drive, for input, -indev
Set input drive and load an ISO image if present.
If the new input drive differs
from -outdev then switch from growing to modifying or to blind growing.
It depends on the setting of -grow_blindly which of both gets activated.
The same rules and restrictions apply as with -dev.
@c man .TP
@item -outdev address
@kindex -outdev   acquires a drive for output
@cindex Drive, for output, -outdev
Set output drive and if it differs from the input drive then switch from
growing to modifying or to blind growing. Unlike -dev and -indev this action
does not load a new ISO image. So it can be performed even if there are pending
changes.
@*
-outdev can be performed without previous -dev or -indev. In that case an
empty ISO image with no changes pending is created. It can either be populated
by help of -map, -add et.al. or it can be discarded silently if -dev or -indev
are performed afterwards.
@*
Special address string "-" means standard output, to which several restrictions
apply. See above paragraph "Libburn drives".
@*
An empty address string "" gives up the current output drive
without acquiring a new one. No writing is possible without an output drive.
@c man .TP
@item -drive_class "harmless"|"banned"|"caution"|"clear_list" disk_pattern
@kindex -drive_class   controls drive accessability
@cindex Drive, accessability, -drive_class
Add a drive path pattern to one of the safety lists or make those lists empty.
There are three lists defined which get tested in the following sequence:
@*
If a drive address path matches the "harmless" list then the drive will be
accepted. If it is not a MMC device then the prefix "stdio:" will be prepended
automatically. This list is empty by default.
@*
Else if the path matches the "banned" list then the drive will not be
accepted by @command{xorriso} but rather lead to a FAILURE event.
This list is empty by default.
@*
Else if the path matches the "caution" list and if it is not a MMC device,
then its address must have the prefix "stdio:" or it will be rejected.
This list has by default one entry: "/dev".
@*
If a drive path matches no list then it is considered "harmless". By default
these are all paths which do not begin with directory "/dev".
@*
A path matches a list if one of its parent paths or itself matches a list
entry. Address prefix "stdio:" or "mmc:" will be ignored when
testing for matches.
@*
By pseudo-class "clear_list" and pseudo-patterns "banned", "caution",
"harmless", or "all", the lists may be made empty.
@*
E.g.: -drive_class clear_list banned
@*
One will normally define the -drive_class lists in one of the @command{xorriso}
Startup Files.
@*
Note: This is not a security feature but rather a bumper for the superuser to
prevent inadverted mishaps. For reliably blocking access to a device file you
have to deny its rw-permissions in the filesystem.
@c man .TP
@item -drive_access "exclusive"|"shared":"unrestricted"|"readonly"
@kindex -drive_access   control device file locking
@cindex Device file locking, -drive_access
Control whether device file locking mechanisms shall be used when acquiring a
drive, and whether status or content of the medium in the drive may be
altered. Useful and most harmless are the setting "shared:readonly"
and the default setting "exclusive:unrestricted".
@*
"exclusive" enables tests and locks when acquiring the drive. It depends on the
operating system which locking mechanisms get applied, if any. On GNU/Linux
it is open(O_EXCL). On FreeBSD it is flock(LOCK_EX).
@*
"shared" disables the use of these mechanisms to become able to acquire drives
which are mounted, or opened by some process, or guarded by /dev/pktcdvd*.
@*
"unrestricted" enables all technically appropriate operations on an acquired
drive. "shared:unrestricted" risks to get own burn runs spoiled by other
processes or to vice versa spoil activities of such processes. So use
"exclusive:unrestricted" unless you know for sure that "shared" is safe.
@*
"readonly" disables operations which might surprise a co-user of the drive.
For -outdev these are formatting, blanking, writing, ejecting. For -indev
this is ejecting. Be aware that even reading and drive status inquiries can
disturb an ongoing burn run on CD-R[W] and DVD-R[W].
@c man .TP
@item -scsi_dev_family "default"|"sr"|"scd"|"sg"
@kindex -scsi_dev_family   choose Linux device file type
@cindex Linux device type, -scsi_dev_family
GNU/Linux specific:
@*
By default, xorriso tries to map Linux drive addresses to /dev/sr* before
they get opened for operating the drive. This coordinates well with
other use cases of optical drives, like mount(8). But since year 2010
all /dev/sr* share a global lock which allows only one drive to process
an SCSI command while all others have to wait for its completion.
This yields awful throughput if more than one drive is writing or reading
simultaneously.
The global lock is not applied to device files /dev/sg* and also not if
the xorriso drive address is prepended by "stdio:".
@*
So for simultaneous burn runs on modern GNU/Linux it is advisable to perform
-scsi_dev_family "sg" before any -dev, -indev, or -outdev. The drive addresses
may then well be given as /dev/sr* but will nevertheless get used as
the matching /dev/sg*.
@*
If you decide so, consider to put the command into a global startup file like
/etc/opt/xorriso/rc.
@c man .TP
@item -grow_blindly "off"|predicted_nwa
@kindex -grow_blindly   overrides next writeable address
@cindex Next writeable address, -grow_blindly
If predicted_nwa is a non-negative number then perform blind growing rather
than modifying if -indev and -outdev are set to different drives.
"off" or "-1" switch to modifying, which is the default.
@*
predicted_nwa is the block address where the add-on session of blind
growing will finally end up. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure
this final position and the presence of the older sessions. Else the
overall ISO image will not be mountable or will produce read errors when
accessing file content. @command{xorriso} will write the session to the address
as obtained from examining -outdev and not necessarily to predicted_nwa.
@*
During a run of blind growing, the input drive is given up before output
begins. The output drive is given up when writing is done.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Influencing the behavior of image loading:
@node Loading, Insert, AqDrive, Commands
@section Influencing the behavior of image loading
@c man .PP
The following commands should normally be performed before loading an image
by acquiring an input drive. In rare cases it is desirable to activate
them only after image loading.
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -read_speed code|number[k|m|c|d|b]
@kindex -read_speed   set read speed
@cindex Read, set speed, -read_speed
Set the speed for reading. Default is "none", which avoids to send a speed
setting command to the drive before reading begins.
@*
Further special speed codes are:
@*
"max" (or "0") selects maximum speed as announced by the drive.
@*
"min" (or "-1") selects minimum speed as announced by the drive.
@*
Speed can be given in media dependent numbers or as a
desired throughput per second in MMC compliant kB (= 1000)
or MB (= 1000 kB). Media x-speed factor can be set explicitly
by "c" for CD, "d" for DVD, "b" for BD, "x" is optional.
@*
Example speeds:
@*
 706k = 706kB/s = 4c = 4xCD
@*
 5540k = 5540kB/s = 4d = 4xDVD
@*
If there is no hint about the speed unit attached, then the
medium in the -indev will decide. Default unit is CD = 176.4k.
@*
Depending on the drive, the reported read speeds can be deceivingly low
or high. Therefore "min" cannot become higher than 1x speed of the involved
medium type. Read speed "max" cannot become lower than 52xCD, 24xDVD,
or 20xBD, depending on the medium type.
@*
MMC drives usually activate their own idea of speed and take the speed value
given by the burn program only as hint for their own decision. Friendly drives
adjust their constant angular velocity so that the desired speed is reached
at the outer rim of the medium. But often there is only the choice between
very slow and very loud.
@*
Sometimes no speed setting is obeyed at all, but speed is adjusted to the
demand frequency of the reading program. So xorriso offers to set an additional
software enforced limit by prefix "soft_force:". The program will take care
not to read faster than the soft_force speed.
This may be combined with setting the drive speed to a higher value.
Setting "soft_force:0" disables this feature.
@*
"soft_force:" tries to correct in subsequent waiting periods lost or surplus
time of up to 0.25 seconds. This smoothens the overall data stream but also
enables short times of higher speed to compensate short times of low speed.
Prefix "soft_corr:" sets this hindsight span by giving a number of
microseconds. Not more than 1 billion = 1000 seconds.
Very short times can cause speed deviations, because systematic inaccuracies of
the waiting function cannot be compensated.
@*
Examples (combinable):
@*
 -read_speed 6xBD
@*
 -read_speed soft_force:4xBD -read_speed soft_corr:100000
@c man .TP
@item -load entity id
@kindex -load   addresses a particular session as input
@cindex Session, select as input, -load
Load a particular (possibly outdated) ISO session from -dev or -indev.
Usually all available sessions are shown with command -toc.
@*
entity depicts the kind of addressing. id depicts the particular
address. The following entities are defined:
@*
"auto" with any id addresses the last session in -toc. This is the default.
@*
"session" with id being a number as of a line "ISO session", column "Idx".
@*
"track" with id being a number as of a line "ISO track", column "Idx".
@*
"lba" or "sbsector" with a number as of a line "ISO ...", column "sbsector".
@*
"volid" with a search pattern for a text as in the column "Volume Id" of
a -toc line "ISO ...".
@*
"at_time" with a time string as described with command -alter_date chooses
the last session or track where the modification timestamp matches the given
time within the same second.
@*
"before" with a time string chooses the last session or track of which
the timestamp is older than the given time. But it does not match an entity
with exactly the given time.
@*
"not_after" is like "before" but also matches an entity with exactly the
given time.
@*
"after" with a time string chooses the first session or track of which
the timestamp is younger than the given time. But it does not match an entity 
with exactly the given time.
@*
"not_before" is like "after" but also matches an entity with exactly the 
given time.
@*
Comparison of time entities is done with an accuracy of one second. I.e. the
centiseconds of ISO 9660 timestamps are ignored.
If -toc_info_type is set to "creation_time", then the comparison is done
against the creation timestamp of track or session rather than the modification
timestamp. The output of -pvd_info shows both timestamps as "Creation Time:"
and "Modif. Time  :".
@*
The time comparisons pick first and last matching sessions. If the sequence of
timestamps on a drive is not chronologically ascending, the picks might not be
the best choice.
In this case look at the output of -toc_info_type "mtime" -toc and choose the
desired entity by "session", "track", or "sbsector".
@*
Addressing a non-existing entity or one which does not represent an ISO
image will either abandon -indev or at least lead to a blank image.
@*
If an input drive is set at the moment when -load is executed, then the
addressed ISO image is loaded immediately. Else, the setting will be pending
until the next -dev or -indev. After the image has been loaded once, the
setting is valid for -rollback until next -dev or -indev, where it
will be reset to "auto".
@c man .TP
@item -displacement [-]lba
@kindex -displacement   compensate altered image start address
@cindex Session, altered start address, -displacement
Compensate a displacement of the image versus the start address
for which the image was prepared. This affects only loading of ISO images
and reading of their files. The multi-session method of growing is not allowed
as long as -displacement is non-zero. I.e. -indev and -outdev must be
different. The displacement gets reset to 0 before the drive
gets re-acquired after writing.
@*
Examples:
@*
If a track of a CD starts at block 123456 and gets copied to a disk file
where it begins at block 0, then this copy can be loaded with
  -displacement -123456
@*
If an ISO image was written onto a partition with offset of 640000 blocks of
512 bytes, then it can be loaded from the base device by
  -load sbsector 160000 -displacement 160000
@*
(If the partition start address is not divisible by 4, then you will have
to employ a loop device instead.)
@*
In both cases, the ISO sessions should be self contained, i.e. not add-on
sessions to an ISO image outside their track or partition.
@c man .TP
@item -read_fs "any"|"norock"|"nojoliet"|"ecma119" 
@kindex -read_fs   filesystem type for image loading
@cindex Image, filesystem to load, -read_fs
Specify which kind of filesystem tree to load if present. If the wish cannot
be fulfilled, then ECMA-119 names are loaded and converted according
to -ecma119_map.
@*
"any" first tries to read Rock Ridge. If not present, Joliet is tried.
@*
"norock" does not try Rock Ridge.
@*
"nojoliet" does not try Joliet.
@*
"ecma119" tries neither Rock Ridge nor Joliet.
@c man .TP
@item -assert_volid pattern severity
@kindex -assert_volid   rejects undesired images
@cindex Image, demand volume ID, -assert_volid
Refuse to load ISO images with volume IDs which do not match the given
search pattern. When refusing an image, give up the input drive and issue
an event of the given severity (like FAILURE, see -abort_on). An empty search
pattern accepts any image.
@*
This command does not hamper the creation of an empty image from blank
input media and does not discard an already loaded image.
@c man .TP
@item -in_charset character_set_name
@kindex -in_charset   sets input character set
@cindex Character Set, for input, -in_charset
Set the character set from which to convert file names when loading an
image. See paragraph "Character sets" for more explanations.
When loading the written image after -commit the setting of -out_charset
will be copied to -in_charset.
@c man .TP
@item -auto_charset "on"|"off"
@kindex -auto_charset   learns character set from image
@cindex Character set, learn from image, -auto_charset
Enable or disable recording and interpretation of the output character
set name in an xattr attribute of the image root directory. If enabled and
if a recorded character set name is found, then this name will be used as
name of the input character set when reading an image.
@*
Note that the default output charset is the local character set of the
terminal where @command{xorriso} runs. Before attributing this local
character set
to the produced ISO image, check whether the terminal properly displays
all intended filenames, especially exotic national characters.
@c man .TP
@item -hardlinks mode[:mode...]
@kindex -hardlinks   controls handling of hard links
@cindex Hard links, control handling, -hardlinks
Enable or disable loading and recording of hardlink relations.
@*
In default mode "off", iso_rr files lose their inode numbers at image load
time. Each iso_rr file object which has no inode number at image generation
time will get a new unique inode number if -compliance is set to new_rr.
@*
Mode "on" preserves inode numbers from the loaded image if such numbers
were recorded.
When committing a session it searches for families of iso_rr files
which stem from the same disk file, have identical content filtering and have
identical properties. The family members all get the same inode number.
Whether these numbers are respected at mount time depends on the operating
system.
@*
Command -lsl displays hardlink counts if "lsl_count" is enabled. This can
slow down the command substantially after changes to the ISO image have
been made. Therefore the default is "no_lsl_count".
@*
Commands -update and -update_r track splits and fusions of hard links in
filesystems which have stable device and inode numbers. This can cause
automatic last minute changes before the session gets written. Command
-hardlinks "perform_update" may be used to do these changes earlier,
e.g. if you need to apply filters to all updated files.
@*
Mode "without_update" avoids hardlink processing during update commands.
Use this if your filesystem situation does not allow -disk_dev_ino "on".
@*
@command{xorriso} commands which extract files from an ISO image try to
hardlink files
with identical inode number. The normal scope of this operation is from
image load to image load. One may give up the accumulated hard link addresses
by -hardlinks "discard_extract". 
@*
A large number of hardlink families may exhaust -temp_mem_limit
if not -osirrox "sort_lba_on" and -hardlinks "cheap_sorted_extract"
are both in effect. This restricts hard linking to other files restored by
the same single extract command. -hardlinks "normal_extract" re-enables
wide and expensive hardlink accumulation.
@*
@c man .TP
@item -acl "on"|"off"
@kindex -acl   controls handling of ACLs
@cindex ACL, control handling, -acl
Enable or disable processing of ACLs.
If enabled, then @command{xorriso} will obtain ACLs from disk file objects,
store ACLs in the ISO image using the libisofs specific AAIP format,
load AAIP data from ISO images, test ACL during file comparison,
and restore ACLs to disk files when extracting them from ISO images.
See also commands -getfacl, -setfacl.
@c man .TP
@item -xattr "on"|"user"|"any"|"off"
@kindex -xattr   controls handling of xattr (EA)
@cindex xattr, control handling, -xattr
Enable or disable processing of xattr attributes.
If enabled, then @command{xorriso} will handle xattr similar to ACL.
See also commands -getfattr, -setfattr and above paragraph about xattr.
@*
Modes "on" and "user" read and write only attributes from namespace "user".
@*
Mode "any" processes attributes of all namespaces. This might need
administrator privileges, even if the owner of the disk file tries to read or
write the attributes.
@*
Note that it is not possible to set xattr of namespace "isofs." by xorriso
xattr manipulation commands.
@c man .TP
@item -lfa_flags mode[:mode...]
@kindex -lfa_flags   controls handling of Linux file attributes
@cindex Linux file attributes, control handling, -lfa_flags
Enable, disable, or influence processing of Linux file attributes as described
in man 1 chattr.
@*
Mode "on" enables actual processing of the attributes.
@*
Mode "off" disables it.
@*
Mode "auto_on" enables it only if the underlying libisofs was compiled
with support for Linux file attributes, which is typically not the case on
non-Linux systems. Enabled processing without lisofs support would cause
failure events when reading disk files.
@*
The other modes define the behavior in case of "on":
@*
Mode "read" enables obtaining of these attributes from disk files,
storing them in the emerging ISO 9660 filesystem as AAIP data, importing
them when an ISO filesystem gets loaded and bears such stored attributes,
and comparing them during comparisons between files on disk and in ISO.
@*
Mode "no_read" disables reading of the attributes from disk files and
importing them when an ISO filesystem gets loaded. If other settings
like -acl "on" or -xattr "on" require storing of AAIP data, then file
attributes might still get stored in the emerging ISO. To surely exclude
any file attributes, run before -commit :
@*
  -chattr_r --remove-lfa-flags / --
@*
Mode "import_non_settable" enables obtaining of non-settable attributes from
disk and attaching of attributes to files in the emerging ISO image even if
all attribute flags are zero.
@*
Mode "import_only_settable" causes non-settable attributes ("eEhINVZ") to be
ignored when file objects get read from disk. If the remaining attribute flags
are all zero, then no attribute information gets attached to the file in the
ISO. This saves storage and eases finding of non-trivial attributes in the
ISO image.
@*
Mode "restore" enables restoring of attributes when their file gets restored
and comparing them during comparisons between files on disk and in ISO.
Several modes below modify the behavior during restoring of attributes.
@*
Mode "no_restore" disables restoring of attributes.
@*
Mode "restore_su" enables restoring of the attributes "aij" which are only
changeable by the bearer of superuser capabilities. "no_restore_su" disables
restoring of these attributes. "restore_su_auto" enables it only if the
effective user id is 0.
@*
The attribute "i" (for "immutable") gets restored to directories only if they
have been created freshly by the same file restoring xorriso command.
A directory which already existed on disk will not be made immutable.
@*
Mode "restore_only_known" restricts restoring to the known settable attribute
flags "aAcCdDFijmPsStTux". "restore_unknown" enables the attempt to restore
unknown flags or even those which are known to be unchangeable, if they are
not disabled by other modes.
@*
Mode "restore_mask=..." enables particular attributes for restoring. All others
will not be restored. The list of desired attribute letters follows the '='
character. An empty list enables all attributes, if they are not disabled by
other modes. The single character "-" bans all attributes from restoring,
like "off" does. Example:
@*
  -lfa_flags restore_mask=SdCiaj
@*
Mode "restore_error=" sets the behavior for the event that restoring of
attribute flags to the local filesystem fails. Available are the
keyword "silent" and the severities from "all" to "fatal".
"silent" and severity "all" suppress any error messages and abort
considerations caused by restore attemps of attribute flags. Else the error
message is issued with the given severity. Then it depends on the setting
of command -abort_on whether restoring goes on or gets aborted.
@*
Mode "restore_single" tries to set the attribute flags of a file one-by-one
if the attempt fails to set them all at once. This happens only if the
"restore_error=" severity and the setting of command -abort_on do not
demand to abort the program run.
Note that some flags in some situations get ignored silently by some kernels.
@*
Mode "no_restore_single" disables this attempt to get at least some of the
attribute flags into effect.
@*
Mode "default" reinstates the default settings:
@*
  -lfa_flags off:read:restore:restore_su_auto:restore_only_known
@*
  -lfa_flags restore_mask=:restore_error=sorry:restore_single
@*
Use "default:on" to get default settings with enabled processing.
@c man .TP
@item -projid mode[:mode...]
@kindex -projid   controls handling of XFS-style project ids
@cindex XFS-style project ids, control handling, -projid
Enable, disable, or influence processing of XFS-style project ids.
@*
Mode "on" enables recording and restoring of project ids.
@*
Mode "off" disables it.
@*
Mode "restore_0" enables restoring of project id 0 when files get extracted
to disk. Default is "no_restore_0" which leaves the decision about the project
id to the local filesystem, if the file has project id 0 in the ISO filesystem.
@*
Mode "map+" defines mappings of project id intervals in the ISO to project id
intervals on disk when files get restored. The form is:
@*
  map+low_in_iso,high_in_iso=low_on_disk[,[high_on_disk]]
@*
"low_in_iso" and "high_in_iso" define the number interval from which the
mapping happens at restore time. "low_on_disk" is the mapping result of
"low_in_iso". Project id numbers up to "high_in_iso" get mapped to
@*
  low_on_disk + (project_id - low_in_iso)
@*
If the resulting number is higher than "high_on_disk", then it gets mapped to
"high_on_disk". "low_on_disk" without following comma means
"low_on_disk,low_on_disk" which maps the whole "_in_iso" interval to the single
number "low_on_disk". "low_on_disk," with no following number means
"low_on_disk,4294967295".
@*
Multiple "map+" modes may be given with one or more -projid commands.
E.g.:
@*
  -projid on:map+1,1=11,11:map+1000,1999=2000,
@*
The first match in the list of mappings defines the mapping of a given
project id in the ISO.
@*
Pseudo-mode "map_test=" can be used to learn the current mapping
of the given project number. It immediately reports the mapping result on
result channel and does not change the current -projid settings. E.g.:
@*
  -projid map_test=1001
@*
Mode "default" discards all defined mappings and sets -projid to
"off:no_restore_0".
@c man .TP
@item -md5 "on"|"all"|"off"|"load_check_off"
@kindex -md5   controls handling of MD5 sums
@cindex MD5, control handling, -md5
Enable or disable processing of MD5 checksums for the overall session and for
each single data file. If enabled then images with checksum tags get loaded
only if the tags of superblock and directory tree match properly. The MD5
checksums of data files and whole session get loaded from the image if there
are any.
@*
With commands -compare and -update the recorded MD5 of a file
will be used to avoid content reading from the image. Only the disk file
content will be read and compared with that MD5. This can save much time
if -disk_dev_ino "on" is not suitable.
@*
Commands which copy whole data files from ISO to hard disk will verify the
copied data stream by the recorded MD5, if -osirrox "check_md5_on" is set.
@*
At image generation time they are computed for each file which gets its data
written into the new session. The checksums of files which have their data
in older sessions get copied into the new session. Superblock, tree and whole
session get a checksum tag each.
@*
Mode "all" will additionally check during image generation whether the checksum
of a data file changed between the time when its reading began and the time
when it ended. This implies reading every file twice.
@*
Mode "load_check_off" together with "on" or "all" will load recorded MD5 sums
but not test the recorded checksum tags of superblock and directory tree.
This is necessary if growisofs was used as burn program, because it does
not overwrite the superblock checksum tag of the first session.
Therefore load_check_off is in effect when @command{xorriso} -as mkisofs
option -M is performed.
@*
The test can be re-enabled by mode "load_check_on".
@*
Checksums can be exploited via commands -check_md5, -check_md5_r, via find
actions get_md5, check_md5, and via -check_media.
@c man .TP
@item -for_backup
@kindex -for_backup    acl,xattr,hardlinks,md5,lfa_flags,projid
@cindex Backup, enable features, -for_backup
Enable all extra features which help to produce or to restore backups with
highest fidelity of file properties. Currently this is a shortcut for:
@*
  -hardlinks on -acl on -xattr any -md5 on -projid on
@*
and possibly:
@*
  -lfa_flags default:on:import_only_settable
@*
  -lfa_flags restore_mask=aAcdDijmPsStTux
@*
If you restore a backup with xattr from non-user namespaces, then make sure
that the target operating system and filesystem know what these attributes
mean. Possibly you will need administrator privileges to record or restore
such attributes. At recording time, xorriso will try to tolerate missing
privileges and just record what is readable.
But at restore time, missing privileges or preconditions will cause failure
events.
@*
Command -xattr "user" after command -for_backup will exclude non-user
attributes from being recorded or restored.
@*
The command -lfa_flags is executed by -for_backup only if the underlying
libisofs was compiled with support for Linux file attributes,
which is typically not the case on non-Linux systems.
@*
If -lfa_flags is executed by -for_backup then the restore mask enables all
known settable attributes, except "C" and "F" which have special constraints
which xorriso cannot yet detect at restore time.
Command -lfa_flags "restore_mask=" after -for_backup will enable all known
settable attributes.
@c man .TP
@item -ecma119_map "stripped"|"unmapped"|"lowercase"|"uppercase"
@kindex -ecma119_map    names w/o Rock Ridge, Joliet
@cindex File names, if neither Rock Ridge nor Joliet
Choose the conversion of file names when a session gets loaded, if they stem
neither from a Rock Ridge name nor from a Joliet name.
@*
Mode "stripped" is the default. It shows the names as found in the ISO but
removes trailing ";1" or ".;1" if present.
@*
Mode "unmapped" shows names as found without removing characters.
Warning: Multi-session converts "xyz;1" to "xyz_1" and maybe adds new ";1".
@*
Mode "lowercase" is like "stripped" but also maps uppercase letters to
lowercase letters. This is compatible to default GNU/Linux mount behavior.
@*
Mode "uppercase" is like "stripped" but maps lowercase letters to uppercase,
if any occur despite the prescriptions of ECMA-119.
@c man .TP
@item -joliet_map "stripped"|"unmapped"
@kindex -joliet_map    Joliet names
@cindex File names, if Joliet is loaded
Choose the conversion of file names when a session gets loaded from a Joliet 
tree.
@*
Mode "stripped" is the default. It removes trailing ";1" or ".;1" if present.
@*
Mode "unmapped" shows names as found without removing characters.
Warning: Multi-session converts "xyz;1" to "xyz_1" and maybe adds new ";1".
@c man .TP
@item -iso_nowtime "dynamic"|timestring
@kindex -iso_nowtime    fixed "now" time for ISO 9660 objects
@cindex libisofs, fixed "now" time
Choose whether to use the current time ("dynamic") or a fixed time point
for timestamps of ISO 9660 nodes without a disk source file and as default
for superblock timestamps.
@*
If a timestring is given, then it is used for such timestamps. For the formats
of timestrings see command @strong{-alter_date}.
@c man .TP
@item -disk_dev_ino "on"|"ino_only"|"off"
@kindex -disk_dev_ino   fast incremental backup
@cindex Backup, enable fast incremental, -disk_dev_ino
Enable or disable processing of recorded file identification numbers
(dev_t and ino_t). If enabled they are stored as xattr and can
substantially accelerate file comparison. The root node gets a global start
timestamp. If during comparison a file with younger timestamps is found in the
ISO image, then it is suspected to have inconsistent content.
@*
If device numbers and inode numbers of the disk filesystems are persistent
and if no irregular alterations of timestamps or system clock happen,
then potential content changes can be detected without reading that content.
File content change is assumed if any of mtime, ctime, device number or inode
number have changed.
@*
Mode "ino_only" replaces the precondition that device numbers are stable by the
precondition that mount points in the compared tree always lead to the
same filesystems. Use this if mode "on" always sees all files changed.
@*
The speed advantage appears only if the loaded session was produced with
-disk_dev_ino "on" too.
@*
Note that -disk_dev_ino "off" is totally in effect only if -hardlinks is "off",
too.
@c man .TP
@item -file_name_limit [+]number
@kindex -file_name_limit   curbs length of file names
@cindex File names, curb length, -file_name_limit
Set the maximum permissible length for file names in the range of 64 to 255.
Path components which are longer than the given number will get truncated
and have their last 33 bytes overwritten by a colon ':' and the
hex representation of the MD5 of the first 4095 bytes of the whole
oversized name. Potential incomplete UTF-8 characters will get their
leading bytes replaced by '_'.
@*
iso_rr_paths with the long components will still be able to access the
file paths with truncated components.
@*
If -file_name_limit is executed while an ISO tree is present, the file names
in the ISO tree get checked for existing truncated file names of the current
limit and for name collisions between newly truncated files and existing files.
In both cases, the setting will be refused with a SORRY event.
@*
One may lift this ban by prepending the character "+" to the argument
of -file_name_limit. Truncated filenames may then get truncated again,
invalidating their MD5 part. Colliding truncated names are made unique,
consuming at least 9 more bytes of the remaining name part.
@*
If writing of xattr is enabled, then the length will be stored in "isofs.nt"
of the root directory.
If reading of xattr is enabled and "isofs.nt" is found, then the found length
will get into effect if it is smaller than the current setting
of -file_name_limit.
@*
File name patterns will only work if they match the truncated name.
This might change in future.
@*
Files with truncated names get deleted and re-added unconditionally
during -update and -update_r. This might change in future.
@*
Linux kernels up to at least 4.1 misrepresent names of length 254 and 255.
If you expect such names in or under disk_paths and plan to mount the ISO
by such Linux kernels, consider to set -file_name_limit 253.
Else just avoid names longer than 253 characters.
@c man .TP
@item -rom_toc_scan "on"|"force"|"off"[:"emul_off"][:"emul_wide"]
@kindex -rom_toc_scan   searches for sessions
@cindex Table-of-content, search sessions, -rom_toc_scan
Read-only drives do not tell the actual media type but show any media as
ROM (e.g. as DVD-ROM). The session history of MMC multi-session media might
be truncated to first and last session or even be completely false.
(The emulated history of overwritable media is not affected by this.)
@*
To have in case of failure a chance of getting the session history and
especially the address of the last session, there is a scan for ISO 9660
filesystem headers which might help but also might yield worse results
than the drive's table of content. At its end it can cause read attempts
to invalid addresses and thus ugly drive behavior.
Setting "on" enables that scan for alleged read-only media.
@*
Some operating systems are not able to mount the most recent session of
multi-session DVD or BD. If on such a system @command{xorriso} has no own MMC
capabilities then it may still find that session from a scanned table of
content. Setting "force" handles any media like a ROM medium with setting "on".
@*
On the other hand the emulation of session history on overwritable media
can hamper reading of partly damaged media. Setting "off:emul_off" disables
the elsewise trustworthy table-of-content scan for those media.
@*
The table-of-content scan on overwritable media normally searches only up to
the end of the session that is pointed to by the superblock at block 0.
Setting "on:emul_wide" lets the scan continue up to the end of the medium.
This may be useful after copying a medium with -check_media patch_lba0=on
when not the last session was loaded.
@c man .TP
@item -calm_drive "in"|"out"|"all"|"revoke"|"on"|"off"|"never"
@kindex -calm_drive   reduces drive activity
@cindex Drive, reduce activity, -calm_drive
Control reduction of drive noise until it is actually used again.
Some drives stay alert for substantial time after they have been used for
reading or writing. This reduces
the startup time for the next drive operation but can be loud and waste
energy if no i/o with the drive is expected to happen soon.
@*
Modes "in", "out", "all" immediately calm down -indev, -outdev, or both,
respectively. Mode "revoke" immediately alerts both drives.
@*
Mode "on" causes calming to be performed automatically after each -dev,
-indev, and -outdev. Mode "off" disables this but still automatically calms
a drive when it is given up without ejecting.
Mode "leave" disables all automatic drive calming so that the drives might
stay alert even after the end of the xorriso program run.
@*
Drives will slow down on their own after some time of inactivity. This
usually happens in several steps.
@c man .TP
@item -ban_stdio_write
@kindex -ban_stdio_write   demands real drive
@cindex Drive, demand real MMC, -ban_stdio_write
Allow for writing only the usage of MMC optical drives. Disallow
to write the result into files of nearly arbitrary type.
Once set, this command cannot be revoked.
@c man .TP
@item -early_stdio_test "on"|"appendable_wo"|"off"
@kindex -early_stdio_test   classifies stdio drives
@cindex Drive, classify stdio, -early_stdio_test
If enabled by "on" then regular files and block devices get tested for
effective access permissions. This implies to try opening those files for
writing, which otherwise will happen only later and only if actual
writing is desired.
@*
The test result is used for classifying the pseudo drives as overwritable,
read-only, write-only, or uselessly empty. This may lead to earlier detection
of severe problems, and may avoid some less severe error events.
@*
Mode "appendable_wo" is like "on" with the additional property that
non-empty write-only files are regarded as appendable rather than blank.
@c man .TP
@item -data_cache_size number_of_tiles blocks_per_tile
@kindex -data_cache_size   adjusts read cache size
@cindex Image reading, cache size, -data_cache_size
Set the size and granularity of the data cache which is used when ISO images
are loaded and when file content is read from ISO images. The cache consists
of several tiles, which each consists of several blocks. A larger cache
reduces the need for tiles being read multiple times. Larger tiles might
additionally improve the data throughput from the drive, but can be
wasteful if the data are scattered over the medium. 
@*
Larger cache sizes help best with image loading from MMC drives. They are an
inferior alternative to -osirrox option "sort_lba_on".
@*
blocks_per_tile must be a power of 2. E.g. 16, 32, or 64. The overall cache
size must not exceed 1 GiB.
The default values can be restored by parameter "default" instead of one or
both of the numbers.
Currently the default is 32 tiles of 32 blocks = 2 MiB.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Inserting files into ISO image:
@node Insert, SetInsert, Loading, Commands
@section Inserting files into ISO image
@c man .PP
The following commands expect file addresses of two kinds:
@c man .br
@cindex disk_path, _definition
@strong{disk_path}
is a path to an object in the local filesystem tree.
@c man .br
@cindex iso_rr_path, _definition
@strong{iso_rr_path}
is the Rock Ridge name of a file object in the ISO image.
If no Rock Ridge information is recorded in the loaded ISO image, then you
will see ISO 9660 names which are of limited length and character set.
If no Rock Ridge information shall be stored in an emerging ISO image, then
their names will get mapped to such restricted ISO 9660 (aka ECMA-119) names.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
Note that in the ISO image you are as powerful as the superuser. Access
permissions of the existing files in the image do not apply to your write
operations. They are intended to be in effect with the read-only mounted image.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
If the iso_rr_path of a newly inserted file leads to an existing
file object in the ISO image, then the following collision handling
happens:
@*
If both objects are directories then they get merged by recursively inserting
the subobjects from filesystem into ISO image.
If other file types collide then the setting of command
@strong{-overwrite}
decides.
@*
Renaming of files has similar collision handling, but directories can only
be replaced, not merged. Note that if the target directory exists, then -mv
inserts the source objects into this directory rather than attempting
to replace it. Command -move, on the other hand, would attempt to replace it.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
The commands in this section alter the ISO image and not the local filesystem.
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -disk_pattern "on"|"ls"|"off"
@kindex -disk_pattern   controls pattern expansion
@cindex Pattern expansion, for disk paths, -disk_pattern
Set the pattern expansion mode for the disk_path parameters of several
commands which support this feature.
@*
Setting "off" disables this feature for all commands which are marked in this
man page by "disk_path [***]" or "disk_pattern [***]".
@*
Setting "on" enables it for all those commands.
@*
Setting "ls" enables it only for those which are marked by
"disk_pattern [***]".
@*
Default is "ls".
@c man .TP
@item -add pathspec [...] | disk_path [***]
@kindex -add   inserts one or more paths
@cindex Insert, pathspecs, -add
Insert the given files or directory trees from filesystem
into the ISO image.
@*
If -pathspecs is set to "on" or "as_mkisofs" then pattern expansion is always
disabled and character '=' has a special meaning. It separates the ISO image
path from the disk path:
@*
iso_rr_path=disk_path
@*
Character '=' in the iso_rr_path must be escaped by '\' (i.e. as "\=").
@*
With -pathspecs "on", the character '\' must not be escaped. The character '='
in the disk_path must not be escaped.
@*
With -pathspecs "as_mkisofs", all characters '\' must be escaped in both,
iso_rr_path and disk_path. The character '=' may or may not be escaped
in the disk_path.
@*
If iso_rr_path does not begin with '/' then -cd is prepended.
If disk_path does not begin with '/' then -cdx is prepended.
@*
If no '=' is given then the word is used as both, iso_rr_path and disk path.
If in this case the word does not begin with '/' then -cdx is prepended to
the disk_path and -cd is prepended to the iso_rr_path.
@*
If -pathspecs is set to "off" then -disk_pattern expansion applies, if enabled.
The resulting words are used as both, iso_rr_path and disk path. Relative
path words get prepended the setting of -cdx to disk_path and the setting
of -cd to iso_rr_path.
@c man .TP
@item -add_plainly mode
@kindex -add_plainly   inserts one or more paths
@cindex Insert, non-dashed arguments, -add_plainly
If set to mode "unknown" then any command word that does not begin with "-" and
is not recognized as known command will be subject to a virtual -add command.
I.e. it will be used as pathspec or as disk_path and added to the image.
If enabled, -disk_pattern expansion applies to disk_paths.
@*
Mode "dashed" is similar to "unknown" but also adds unrecognized command
words even if they begin with "-".
@*
Mode "any" announces that all further words are to be added as pathspecs
or disk_paths. This does not work in dialog mode.
@*
Mode "none" is the default. It prevents any words from being understood
as files to add, if they are not parameters to appropriate commands.
@c man .TP
@item -path_list disk_path
@kindex -path_list   inserts paths from disk file
@cindex Insert, paths from disk file, -path_list
Like -add but read the parameter words from file disk_path
or standard input if disk_path is "-". 
The list must contain exactly one pathspec or disk_path pattern per line. 
@c man .TP
@item -quoted_path_list disk_path
@kindex -quoted_path_list   inserts paths from disk file
@cindex Insert, paths from disk file, -quoted_path_list
Like -path_list but with quoted input reading rules. Lines get split into
parameter words for -add. Whitespace outside quotes is discarded.
@c man .TP
@item -map disk_path iso_rr_path
@kindex -map   inserts path
@cindex Insert, path, -map
Insert file object disk_path into the ISO image as iso_rr_path. If disk_path
is a directory then its whole sub tree is inserted into the ISO image.
@c man .TP
@item -map_single disk_path iso_rr_path
@kindex -map_single   inserts path
@cindex Insert, path, -map_single
Like -map, but if disk_path is a directory then its sub tree is not inserted.
@c man .TP
@item -map_l disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
@kindex -map_l   inserts paths from disk file
@cindex Insert, paths from disk file, -map_l
Perform -map with each of the disk_path parameters. iso_rr_path will be
composed from disk_path by replacing disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
@c man .TP
@item -update disk_path iso_rr_path
@kindex -update   inserts path if different
@cindex Insert, if different, -update
Compare file object disk_path with file object iso_rr_path. If they do not
match, then perform the necessary image manipulations to make iso_rr_path
a matching copy of disk_path. By default this comparison will imply lengthy
content reading before a decision is made. Commands -disk_dev_ino or -md5 may
accelerate comparison if they were already in effect when the loaded session
was recorded.
@*
If disk_path is a directory and iso_rr_path does not exist yet, then the
whole subtree will be inserted. Else only directory attributes will be
updated.
@c man .TP
@item -update_r disk_path iso_rr_path
@kindex -update_r   inserts paths if different
@cindex Insert, if different, -update_r
Like -update but working recursively. I.e. all file objects below both
addresses get compared whether they have counterparts below the other address
and whether both counterparts match. If there is a mismatch then the necessary
update manipulation is done.
@*
Note that the comparison result may depend on command -follow. Its setting
should always be the same as with the first adding of disk_path as iso_rr_path.
@*
If iso_rr_path does not exist yet, then it gets added. If disk_path does not
exist, then iso_rr_path gets deleted.
@c man .TP
@item -update_l disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
@kindex -update_l   inserts paths if different
@cindex Insert, if different, -update_l
Perform -update_r with each of the disk_path parameters. iso_rr_path will be
composed from disk_path by replacing disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
@c man .TP
@item -update_li iso_rr_prefix disk_prefix iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -update_li   inserts paths if different
@cindex Insert, if different, -update_li
Perform -update_r with each of the iso_rr_path parameters. disk_path will be
composed from iso_rr_path by replacing iso_rr_prefix by disk_prefix.
@c man .TP
@item -update_lxi disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
@kindex -update_l   inserts paths if different
@cindex Insert, if different, -update_lxi
Perform -update_r with each of the disk_path parameters and with iso_rr_paths
in the ISO filesystem which are derived from the disk_path parameters after
exchanging disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix. So, other than -update_l, this detects
missing matches of disk_path and deletes the corresponding iso_rr_path.
@*
Note that relative disk_paths and disk_path patterns are interpreted as
sub paths of the current disk working directory -cdx. The corresponding
iso_rr_paths are derived by exchanging disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix before
pattern expansion happens. The current -cdi directory has no influence.
@c man .TP
@item -cut_out disk_path byte_offset byte_count iso_rr_path
@kindex -cut_out   inserts piece of data file or device
@cindex Insert, piece of data file or device, -cut_out
Map a byte interval of a regular disk file or of a device file into a regular
file in the ISO image. The file depicted by disk_path has to support random
read access. A symbolic link will only work if enabled by -follow "link" or
"param".
@*
Cutting out a byte interval may be necessary if the disk file is larger than
a single medium, or if it exceeds the traditional limit of 2 GiB - 1 for old
operating systems, or the limit of 4 GiB - 1 for newer ones. Contemporary
Linux kernels are able to read properly files >= 4 GiB - 1.
@*
A clumsy remedy for such limits is to backup file pieces and to concatenate
them at restore time. A well tested chopping size is 2047m.
It is permissible to request a higher byte_count than available. The
resulting file will be truncated to the correct size of a final piece.
To request a byte_offset higher than available yields no file in
the ISO image but a SORRY event.
E.g:
@*
 -cut_out /my/disk/file 0 2047m \
@*
 /file/part_1_of_3_at_0_with_2047m_of_5753194821 \
@*
 -cut_out /my/disk/file 2047m 2047m \
@*
 /file/part_2_of_3_at_2047m_with_2047m_of_5753194821 \
@*
 -cut_out /my/disk/file 4094m 2047m \
@*
 /file/part_3_of_3_at_4094m_with_2047m_of_5753194821
@*
If the directory /file does no yet exist, then its permissions are not taken
from directory /my/disk but rather from /my/disk/file with additional
x-permission for those who have r-permission.
@*
While command -split_size is set larger than 0, and if all pieces of a file
reside in the same ISO directory with no other files, and if the names look
like above, then their ISO directory will be recognized and handled like a
regular file. This affects commands -compare*, -update*, and overwrite
situations.
@*
See command -split_size for details.
@*
Another use case is copying the content of a device file as interval or as
a whole into the emerging ISO filesystem. The fact that the byte_count is
allowed to be unreasonably high enables copying of a whole device:
@*
 -cut_out /dev/sdd3 0 1000g /content_of_sdd3
@c man .TP
@item -cpr disk_path [***] iso_rr_path
@kindex -cpr   inserts like with cp -r
@cindex Insert, paths, -cpr
Insert the given files or directory trees from filesystem 
into the ISO image.
@*
The rules for generating the ISO addresses are similar as with
shell command cp -r. Nevertheless, directories of the iso_rr_path
are created if necessary. Especially a not yet existing iso_rr_path
will be handled as directory if multiple disk_paths are present.
The leafnames of the multiple disk_paths will be grafted under that
directory as would be done with an existing directory.
@*
If a single disk_path is present then a non-existing iso_rr_path will
get the same type as the disk_path.
@*
If a disk_path does not begin with '/' then -cdx is prepended.
If the iso_rr_path does not begin with '/' then -cd is prepended. 
@c man .TP
@item -mkdir iso_rr_path [...]
@kindex -mkdir   creates ISO directory
@cindex Directory, create, -mkdir
Create empty directories if they do not exist yet.
Existence as directory generates a WARNING event, existence as
other file causes a FAILURE event.
@c man .TP
@item -lns target_text iso_rr_path
@kindex -lns   creates ISO symbolic link
@cindex Symbolic link, create, -lns
Create a symbolic link with address iso_rr_path which points to target_text.
iso_rr_path may not exist yet.
@*
Hint: Command -clone produces the ISO equivalent of a hard link.
@c man .TP
@item -clone iso_rr_path_original iso_rr_path_copy
@kindex -clone   copies ISO directory tree
@cindex Directory, copy, -clone
Create a copy of the ISO file object iso_rr_path_original with the new
address iso_rr_path_copy. If the original is a directory then copy all
files and directories underneath. If iso_rr_path_original is a boot catalog
file, then it gets not copied but is silently ignored.
@*
The copied ISO file objects have the same attributes. Copied data files
refer to the same content source as their originals.
The copies may then be manipulated independendly of their originals.
@*
This command will refuse execution if the address iso_rr_path_copy
already exists in the ISO tree.
@c man .TP
@item -cp_clone iso_rr_path_original [***] iso_rr_path_dest
@kindex -cp_clone   copies ISO directory tree
@cindex Directories, copy, -cp_clone
Create copies of one or more ISO file objects as with command -clone.
In case of collision merge directories with existing ones, but do not overwrite
existing ISO file objects.
@*
The rules for generating the copy addresses are the same as with
command -cpr (see above) or shell command cp -r. Other than with -cpr,
relative iso_rr_path_original will get prepended the -cd path and not
the -cdx path. Consider to -mkdir iso_rr_path_dest before -cp_clone
so the copy address does not depend on the number of iso_rr_path_original
parameters.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Settings for file insertion:
@node SetInsert, Manip, Insert, Commands
@section Settings for file insertion
@c man .TP
@table @asis
@item -file_size_limit value [value [...]] @minus{}@minus{}
@kindex -file_size_limit   limits data file size
@cindex Insert, limit data file size, -file_size_limit
Set the maximum permissible size for a single data file. The values get
summed up for the actual limit. If the only value is "off" then the file
size is not limited by @command{xorriso}.
Default is a limit of 100 extents, 4g -2k each:
@*
 -file_size_limit 400g -200k @minus{}@minus{}
@*
When mounting ISO 9660 filesystems, old operating systems can handle only files
up to 2g -1 @minus{}@minus{}. Newer ones are good up to 4g -1 @minus{}@minus{}.
You need quite a new Linux kernel to read correctly the final bytes
of a file >= 4g if its size is not aligned to 2048 byte blocks.
@*
@command{xorriso}'s own data read capabilities are not affected by
operating system size limits. Such limits apply to mounting only. Nevertheless,
the target filesystem of an -extract must be able to take the file size.
@c man .TP
@item -not_mgt code[:code[...]]
@kindex -not_mgt   controls file exclusion
@cindex Insert, file exclusion, -not_mgt
Control the behavior of the exclusion lists.
@*
Exclusion processing happens before disk_paths get mapped to the ISO image,
before disk files get compared with image files, and before image files get
extracted to disk files.
@*
The absolute disk paths involved in such an action are matched against the
-not_paths list.
The leafnames of disk paths are matched against the patterns in the -not_leaf
list. If a match is detected then the disk path will not be regarded as an
existing file and not be added to the ISO image.
@*
Several codes are defined.
The _on/_off settings persist until they are revoked by their_off/_on
counterparts.
@*
"erase" empties the lists which were accumulated by -not_paths and -not_leaf.
@*
"reset" is like "erase" but also re-installs default behavior.
@*
"off" disables exclusion processing temporarily without invalidating
the lists and settings.
@*
"on" re-enables exclusion processing.
@*
"param_off" applies exclusion processing only to paths below disk_path
parameter of commands. I.e. explicitly given disk_paths are exempted
from exclusion processing.
@*
"param_on" applies exclusion processing to command parameters as well as
to files below such parameters.
@*
"subtree_off" with "param_on" excludes parameter paths only if they
match a -not_paths item exactly.
@*
"subtree_on" additionally excludes parameter paths which lead to a file
address below any -not_paths item.
@*
"ignore_off" treats excluded disk files as if they were missing. I.e. they
get reported with -compare and deleted from the image with -update.
@*
"ignore_on" keeps excluded files out of -compare or -update activities.
@c man .TP
@item -not_paths disk_path [***]
@kindex -not_paths   sets absolute exclusion paths
@cindex Insert, file exclusion absolute, -not_paths
Add the given paths to the list of excluded absolute disk paths. If a given
path is relative, then the current -cdx is prepended to form an absolute path.
Pattern matching, if enabled, happens at definition time and not when exclusion
checks are made.
@*
Keep in mind that there may be alternative paths to the same disk file. The
exclusion tests are done literally, so that they do not keep files from getting
into the ISO filesystem by other paths. Accordingly an exclusion does not
prevent a disk file from being overwritten by file extraction via an
alternative not excluded path. So the exclusions need to be coordinated with
the actual disk_path parameters given with commands.
@*
(Do not forget to end the list of disk_paths by "@minus{}@minus{}")
@c man .TP
@item -not_leaf pattern
@kindex -not_leaf   sets exclusion pattern
@cindex Insert, file exclusion pattern, -not_leaf
Add a single shell parser style pattern to the list of exclusions for
disk leafnames. These patterns are evaluated when the exclusion checks are
made.
@c man .TP
@item -not_list disk_path
@kindex -not_list   sets exclusions from disk file
@cindex Insert, file exclusion from file, -not_list
Read lines from disk_path and use each of them either as -not_paths parameter,
if they contain a / character, or as -not_leaf pattern.
@c man .TP
@item -quoted_not_list disk_path
@kindex -quoted_not_list   sets exclusions
@cindex Insert, file exclusion, -quoted_not_list
Like -not_list but with quoted input reading rules. Each word is
handled as one parameter for -not_paths or -not_leaf.
@c man .TP
@item -follow occasion[:occasion[...]]
@kindex -follow   softlinks and mount points
@cindex Insert, links or mount points, -follow
Enable or disable resolution of symbolic links and mountpoints under
disk_paths. This applies to actions -add, -cut_out, -du*x, -ls*x, -findx,
-concat, and to -disk_pattern expansion.
@*
There are three main kinds of follow decisison to be made:
@*
@strong{link} is the hop from a symbolic link to its target file object for the
purpose of reading. I.e. not for command -concat.
If enabled then symbolic links are handled as their target file objects,
else symbolic links are handled as themselves. 
@*
@strong{mount} is the hop from one filesystem to another subordinate filesystem.
If enabled then mountpoint directories are handled as any other directory,
else mountpoints are handled as empty directories if they are encountered in
directory tree traversals.
@*
@strong{concat} is the hop from a symbolic link to its target file object for
the purpose of writing. I.e. for command -concat. This is a security risk !
@*
Less general than above occasions:
@*
@strong{pattern} is mount and link hopping, but only during -disk_pattern
expansion.
@*
@strong{param} is link hopping for parameter words (after eventual pattern
expansion).
If enabled then -ls*x will show the link targets rather than the links
themselves. -du*x, -findx, and -add will process the link targets but not
follow links in an eventual directory tree below the targets (unless "link"
is enabled). -cut_out will process link targets.
@*
Occasions can be combined in a colon separated list. All occasions
mentioned in the list will then lead to a positive follow decision. 
@*
@strong{off} prevents any positive follow decision. Use it if no other occasion
applies.
@*
Shortcuts:
@*
@strong{default} is equivalent to "pattern:mount:limit=100".
@*
@strong{on} always decides positive. Equivalent to "link:mount:concat".
@*
@sp 1

Not an occasion but an optional setting is:
@*
@strong{limit=}<number> which sets the maximum number of link hops.
A link hop consists of a sequence of symbolic links and a final target
of different type. Nevertheless those hops can loop. Example:
@*
  $ ln -s .. uploop
@*
Link hopping has a built-in loop detection which stops hopping at the first
repetition of a link target. Then the repeated link is handled as itself
and not as its target.
Regrettably one can construct link networks which
cause exponential workload before their loops get detected.
The number given with "limit=" can curb this workload at the risk of truncating
an intentional sequence of link hops.
@c man .TP
@item -pathspecs "on"|"off"|"as_mkisofs"
@kindex -pathspecs   sets meaning of = with -add
@cindex Insert, meaning of = with -add, -pathspecs
Control parameter interpretation with @command{xorriso}
actions -add and -path_list.
@*
@cindex Pathspec, _definition
Mode "as_mkisofs" enables pathspecs of the form
@*
@strong{iso_rr_path=disk_path}
@*
like with program mkisofs -graft-points.
@*
All characters '\' must be escaped in both, iso_rr_path and disk_path.
The character '=' must be escaped in the iso_rr_path and
may or may not be escaped in the disk_path. 
This mode temporarily disables -disk_pattern expansion for command -add.
@*
Mode "on" does nearly the same. But '=' must only be escaped in the iso_rr_path
and '\' must not be escaped at all. This has the disadvantage that one
cannot express an iso_rr_path which ends by '\'.
@*
Mode "off" disables pathspecs of the form target=source
and re-enables -disk_pattern expansion.
@c man .TP                
@item -overwrite "on"|"nondir"|"off"
@kindex -overwrite   enables overwriting in ISO
@cindex Insert, enable overwriting, -overwrite
Allow or disallow overwriting of existing files in the
ISO image or in the local filesystem by files with the same name.
@*
With setting "off", name collisions with at least one non-directory file
cause FAILURE events. Collisions of two directories lead to merging of their
file lists.
@*
With setting "nondir", only directories are protected by such events, other
existing file types get treated with -rm before the new file gets added.
Setting "on" enables automatic -rm_r. I.e. a non-directory can replace an
existing directory and all its subordinates.
@*
If restoring of files to the disk filesystem is enabled by -osirrox, then the
overwrite rule applies to the
target file objects on disk as well, but "on" is downgraded to "nondir".
@c man .TP
@item -split_size number["k"|"m"]
@kindex -split_size   enables large file splitting
@cindex Insert, large file splitting, -split_size
Set the threshold for automatic splitting of regular files. Such splitting
maps a large disk file onto a ISO directory with several part files in it.
This is necessary if the size of the disk file exceeds -file_size_limit.
Older operating systems can handle files in mounted ISO 9660 filesystems
only if they are smaller than 2 GiB or in other cases 4 GiB.
@*
Default is 0 which will exclude files larger than -file_size_limit by a
FAILURE event.
A well tested -split_size is 2047m. Sizes above -file_size_limit are not
permissible.
@*
The newly created ISO directory inherits its permissions from the data file
with additional x-permission for those who have r-permission.
@*
While command -split_size is set larger than 0 such a directory with split
file pieces will be recognized and handled like a regular file by commands
-compare* , -update*, and in overwrite situations. There are -osirrox
parameters "concat_split_on" and "concat_split_off" which control the handling
when files get restored to disk.
@*
In order to be recognizable, the names of the part files have to
describe the splitting by 5 numbers:
@*
 part_number,total_parts,byte_offset,byte_count,disk_file_size
@*
which are embedded in the following text form:
@*
 part_#_of_#_at_#_with_#_of_#
@*
Scaling characters like "m" or "k" are taken into respect.
All digits are interpreted as decimal, even if leading zeros are present.
@*
E.g: /file/part_1_of_3_at_0_with_2047m_of_5753194821
@*
No other files are allowed in the directory. All parts have to be present and
their numbers have to be plausible. E.g. byte_count must be valid as -cut_out
parameter and their contents may not overlap.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B File manipulations:
@node Manip, CmdFind, SetInsert, Commands
@section File manipulations
@c man .PP
The following commands manipulate files in the ISO image, regardless whether
they stem from the loaded image or were newly inserted.
@c man .PP
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -iso_rr_pattern "on"|"ls"|"off"
@kindex -iso_rr_pattern   controls pattern expansion
@cindex Pattern expansion, for ISO paths, -iso_rr_pattern
Set the pattern expansion mode for the iso_rr_path parameters of several
commands which support this feature.
@*
Setting "off" disables pattern expansion for all commands which are marked
in this man page by "iso_rr_path [***]" or "iso_rr_pattern [***]".
@*
Setting "on" enables it for all those commands.
@*
Setting "ls" enables it only for those which are marked by
"iso_rr_pattern [***]".
@*
Default is "on".
@c man .TP
@item -rm iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -rm   deletes files from ISO image
@cindex Delete, from ISO image, -rm
Delete the given files from the ISO image.
@*
Note: This does not free any space on the -indev medium, even if
the deletion is committed to that same medium.
@*
The image size will shrink if the image is written to a different
medium in modification mode.
@c man .TP
@item -rm_r iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -rm_r   deletes trees from ISO image
@cindex Delete, from ISO image, -rm_r
Delete the given files or directory trees from the ISO image.
See also the note with command -rm.
@c man .TP
@item -rmdir iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -rmdir   deletes ISO directory
@cindex Delete, ISO directory, -rmdir
@cindex Directory, delete, -rmdir
Delete empty directories.
@c man .TP
@item -move iso_rr_path iso_rr_path
@kindex -mv   renames single file in ISO image
@cindex Rename, in ISO image, -move
Rename the file given by the first (origin) iso_rr_path to the second
(destination) iso_rr_path.
Deviate from rules of shell command mv by not moving the origin file underneath
an existing destination directory. The origin file will rather replace such a
directory, if this is allowed by command -overwrite.
@c man .TP
@item -mv iso_rr_path [***] iso_rr_path
@kindex -mv   renames files in ISO image
@cindex Rename, in ISO image, -mv
Rename the given file objects in the ISO tree to the last
parameter in the list. Use the same rules as with shell command mv.
@*
If pattern expansion is enabled and if the last parameter contains wildcard
characters then it must match exactly one existing file address, or else the
command fails with a FAILURE event.
@c man .TP
@item -chown uid iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -chown   sets ownership in ISO image
@cindex Ownership, in ISO image, -chown
Set ownership of file objects in the ISO image. uid may either be a decimal
number or the name of a user known to the operating system.
@c man .TP
@item -chown_r uid iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -chown_r   sets ownership in ISO image
@cindex Ownership, in ISO image, -chown_r
Like -chown but affecting all files below eventual directories.
@c man .TP
@item -chgrp gid iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -chgrp   sets group in ISO image
@cindex Group, in ISO image, -chgrp
Set group attribute of file objects in the ISO image. gid  may either be a
decimal number or the name of a group known to the operating system.
@c man .TP
@item -chgrp_r gid iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -chgrp_r   sets group in ISO image
@cindex Group, in ISO image, -chgrp_r
Like -chgrp but affecting all files below eventual directories.
@c man .TP
@item -chmod mode iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -chmod   sets permissions in ISO image
@cindex Permissions, in ISO image, -chmod
Equivalent to shell command chmod in the ISO image.
mode is either an octal number beginning with "0" or a comma separated
list of statements of the form [ugoa]*[+-=][rwxst]* .
@*
Like: go-rwx,u+rwx .
@*
@strong{Personalities}:
u=user, g=group, o=others, a=all
@*
@strong{Operators}:
+ adds given permissions, - revokes given permissions,
= revokes all old permissions and then adds the given ones.
@*
@strong{Permissions}:
r=read, w=write, x=execute|inspect, s=setuid|setgid, t=sticky bit
@*
For octal numbers see man 2 stat.
@c man .TP
@item -chmod_r mode iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -chmod_r   sets permissions in ISO image
@cindex Permissions, in ISO image, -chmod_r
Like -chmod but affecting all files below eventual directories.
@c man .TP
@item -setfacl acl_text iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -setfacl   sets ACL in ISO image
@cindex ACL, set in ISO image, -setfacl
Attach the given ACL to the given iso_rr_paths. If the files already have
ACLs, then those get deleted before the new ones get into effect.
If acl_text is empty, or contains the text "clear" or the text
"@minus{}@minus{}remove-all",
then the existing ACLs will be removed and no new ones will be
attached. Any other content of acl_text will be interpreted as a list of
ACL entries. It may be in the long multi-line format as put out by -getfacl
but may also be abbreviated as follows:
@*
ACL entries are separated by comma or newline. If an entry is empty text or
begins with "#" then it will be ignored. A valid entry has to begin
by a letter out of @{ugom@} for "user", "group", "other", "mask". It has to
contain two colons ":". A non-empty text between those ":" gives a user id
or group id. After the second ":" there may be letters out of @{rwx- #@}.
The first three give read, write, or execute permission.
Letters "-", " " and TAB are ignored. "#" causes the rest of the entry to
be ignored. Letter "X" or any other letters are not supported. Examples:
@*
  g:toolies:rw,u:lisa:rw,u:1001:rw,u::wr,g::r,o::r,m::rw
@*
  group:toolies:rw@minus{},user::rw@minus{},group::r@minus{}@minus{},other::r@minus{}@minus{},mask::rw@minus{}
@*
A valid entry may be prefixed by "d", some following characters and ":".
This indicates that the entry goes to the "default" ACL rather than to the
"access" ACL. Example:
@*
  u::rwx,g::rx,o::,d:u::rwx,d:g::rx,d:o::,d:u:lisa:rwx,d:m::rwx
@c man .TP
@item -setfacl_r acl_text iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -setfacl_r   sets ACL in ISO image
@cindex ACL, set in ISO image, -setfacl_r
Like -setfacl but affecting all files below given directories.
@c man .TP
@item -setfacl_list disk_path
@kindex -setfacl_list   sets ACL in ISO image
@cindex ACL, set in ISO image, -setfacl_list
Read the output of -getfacl_r or shell command getfacl -R and apply it to the
iso_rr_paths as given in lines beginning with "# file:". This will change
ownership, group and ACL of the given files.
If disk_path is "-" then lines are read from standard input. Line "@@" ends the
list, "@@@@@@" aborts without changing the pending iso_rr_path.
@*
Since -getfacl and getfacl -R strip leading "/" from file paths, the setting of
-cd does always matter.
@c man .TP
@item -setfattr [-]name value iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -setfattr   sets xattr in ISO image
@cindex xattr, set in ISO image, -setfattr
Attach the given xattr pair of name and value to the given iso_rr_paths.
If the given name is prefixed by "-", then the pair with that name gets
removed from the xattr list. If name is "@minus{}@minus{}remove@minus{}all"
then all user namespace
xattr of the given iso_rr_paths get deleted. In case of deletion, value must
be an empty text.
@*
Which names are permissible depends on the setting of command -xattr.
"on" or "user" restricts them to namespace "user". I.e. a name has to look
like "user.x" or "user.whatever".
@*
-xattr setting "any" enables names from all namespaces except "isofs".
@*
Values and names undergo the normal input processing of @command{xorriso}.
See also command -backslash_codes. Other than with command -setfattr_list,
the byte value 0 cannot be expressed via -setfattr.
@c man .TP
@item -setfattr_r [-]name value iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -setfattr_r   sets xattr in ISO image
@cindex xattr, set in ISO image, -setfattr_r
Like -setfattr but affecting all files below given directories.
@c man .TP
@item -setfattr_list disk_path
@kindex -setfattr_list   sets xattr in ISO image
@cindex xattr, set in ISO image, -setfattr_list
Read the output format of -getfattr_r or shell command getfattr -Rd and apply
it to the iso_rr_paths as given in lines beginning with "# file:".
All previously existing xattr of the acceptable namespaces will be deleted
before the new xattr get attached. The set of acceptable names depends on the
setting of command -xattr.
@*
If disk_path is "-" then lines are read from standard input.
@*
Since -getfattr and getfattr -Rd strip leading "/" from file paths, the setting
of -cd does always matter.
@*
Empty input lines and lines which begin by "#" will be ignored
(except "# file:"). Line "@@" ends the list, "@@@@@@" aborts without changing
the pending iso_rr_path. Other input lines must have the form
@*
  name="value"
@*
The separator "=" is not allowed in names.
Value may contain any kind of bytes. It must be in quotes. Trailing
whitespace after the end quote will be ignored. Non-printables bytes and quotes
must be represented as \XYZ by their octal 8-bit code XYZ.
Use code \000 for 0-bytes.
@c man .TP
@item -chattr mode iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -chattr   sets Linux file attributes in ISO image
@cindex Linux file attributes, set in ISO image, -chattr
Set or unset Linux file attributes like program chattr(1) would do to disk
files. Applying this command to files which are neither directory nor regular
data file will yield a SORRY event, unless the mode is "--remove-lfa-flags".
@*
The first letter of the mode string determines what to do. The other letters
are symbolic attribute flag letters out of the set "aAcCdDeEFhiIjNmPsStTuVxZ"
as described in man 1 chattr.
There is no restriction which attributes can be set or unset. But at restore
time, unusual or unsuitable attributes may cause problems.
@*
First letter '+' causes the given attribute flags to be set. All other
attributes stay as they are.
@*
First letter '-' causes the given attribute flags to be unset. All other
attributes stay as they are. (Note that '-' is also accepted as symbolic
attribute letter which has no effect.)
@*
A special case is the mode string "--remove-lfa-flags" which causes the
Linux file attribute information to be removed from the file.
The -find test -has_lfa_flags "-" will then not match the file any more.
@*
First letter '.' causes all attribute flags except the given ones to be unset.
The given ones stay as they are. This is not a feature of program chattr(1).
@*
First letter '=' causes the given attribute flags to be set. All other
get unset. Mode "=-" leads to all attribute flags being unset,
but -find test -has_lfa_flags "-" will match the file afterwards.
@*
Example: -chattr +sDu /my/file /my/other_file --
@c man .TP
@item -chattr_r mode iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -chattr_r   sets Linux file attributes in ISO image
@cindex Linux file attributes, set in ISO image, -chattr_r
Like -chattr but affecting also all suitable files below the given directories.
Except with mode "--remove-lfa-flags", the given iso_rr_path parameters need
to be directories or regular data files or else a SORRY event will happen.
Files below the given directories will be skipped silently if their type is
not suitable for -chattr.
@c man .TP
@item -set_projid number iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -set_projid   sets XFS-style project ids in ISO image
@cindex  XFS-style project ids, set in ISO image, -set_projid
Set the XFS-style project ids like programs xfs_quota(8) or chattr(1)
would do to disk files. The permissible number range is 0 to 4294967295.
0 means that the file does not belong to any project.
@c man .TP
@item -set_projid_r number iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -set_projid_r   sets XFS-style project ids in ISO image
@cindex  XFS-style project ids, set in ISO image, -set_projid_r
Like -projid but affecting also all files below the given directories.
@c man .TP
@item -alter_date type timestring iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -alter_date   sets timestamps in ISO image
@cindex Timestamps, set in ISO image, -alter_date
Alter the date entries of files in the ISO image. type may be one of
the following:
@*
"a" sets access time, updates ctime.
@*
"m" sets modification time, updates ctime.
@*
"b" sets access time and modification time, updates ctime.
@*
"a-c", "m-c", and "b-c" set the times without updating ctime.
@*
"c" sets the ctime.
@*
timestring may be in the following formats
(see also section EXAMPLES):
@*
As expected by program date:
 MMDDhhmm[[CC]YY][.ss]]
@*
As produced by program date:
@*
 [Day] MMM DD hh:mm:ss [TZON] YYYY
@*
Relative times counted from current clock time:
@*
 +|-Number["s"|"h"|"d"|"w"|"m"|"y"]
@*
where "s" means seconds, "h" hours, "d" days, "w" weeks, "m"=30d,
"y"=365.25d plus 1d added to multiplication result.
@*
Absolute seconds counted from Jan 1 1970 00:00 GMT:
@*
 =Number
@*
@command{xorriso}'s own timestamps:
@*
 YYYY.MM.DD[.hh[mm[ss]]]
@*
scdbackup timestamps:
@*
 YYMMDD[.hhmm[ss]]
@*
where "A0" is year 2000, "B0" is 2010, etc.
@*
ECMA-119 volume timestamps:
@*
 YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc
@*
These are normally given as GMT. The suffix "LOC" causes local timezone
conversion. E.g. 2013010720574700, 2013010720574700LOC.
The last two digits cc (centiseconds) will be ignored, but must be present
in order to make the format recognizable.
@*
Example:
@*
  -alter_date m-c 2013.11.27.103951 /file1 /file2 --
@*
This command does not persistently apply to the boot catalog, which gets fresh
timestamps at -commit time. Command -volume_date "uuid" can set this time
value.
@c man .TP
@item -alter_date_r type timestring iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -alter_date_r   sets timestamps in ISO image
@cindex Timestamps, set in ISO image, -alter_date_r
Like -alter_date but affecting all files below eventual directories.
@c man .TP
@item -hide hide_state iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -hide   excludes file names from directory trees
@cindex hidden, set in ISO image, -hide
Prevent the names of the given files from showing up in the directory trees
of ISO 9660 and/or Joliet and/or HFS+ when the image gets written.
The data content of such hidden files will be included in the
resulting image, even if they do not show up in any directory.
But you will need own means to find nameless data in the image.
@*
Warning: Data which are hidden from the ISO 9660 tree will not be copied
by the write method of modifying.
@*
Possible values of hide_state are: "iso_rr" for hiding from ISO 9660 tree,
"joliet" for Joliet tree, "hfsplus" for HFS+, "on" for them all.
"off" means visibility in all directory trees.
@*
These values may be combined.
E.g.: joliet:hfsplus
@*
This command does not apply to the boot catalog.
Rather use: -boot_image "any" "cat_hidden=on"
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Tree traversal command -find:
@node CmdFind, Filter, Manip, Commands
@section Tree traversal command -find
@c man .PP
@table @asis
@c man .TP
@item -find iso_rr_path [test [op] [test ...]] [-exec action [params]] @minus{}@minus{}
@kindex -find   traverses and alters ISO tree
@cindex Tree, ISO, traverse and alter, -find
A restricted substitute for shell command find in the ISO image.
It performs an action on matching file objects at or below iso_rr_path.
@*
If not used as last command in the line then the parameter list
needs to get terminated by "@minus{}@minus{}".
@*
Tests are optional. If they are omitted then action is applied to all file
objects. If tests are given then they form together an expression.
The action is applied only if the expression matches the file object. Default
expression operator between tests is -and, i.e. the expression matches only
if all its tests match.
@*
Available tests are:
@*
@table @asis
@sp 1
@item -name pattern :
Matches if pattern matches the file leaf name. If the pattern does not contain
any of the characters "*?[", then it will be truncated according
to -file_name_limit and thus match the truncated name in the ISO filesystem.
@*
@item -wholename pattern :
Matches if pattern matches the file path as it would be printed by action
"echo". Character '/' can be matched by wildcards. If pattern pieces
between '/' do not contain any of the characters "*?[", they will
be truncated according to -file_name_limit.
@*
@item -disk_name pattern :
Like -name but testing the leaf name of the file source on disk.
Can match only data files which do not stem from the loaded image,
or for directories above such data files. With directories the result can
change between -find runs if their content stems from multiple sources.
@*
@item -disk_path disk_path :
Matches if the given disk_path is equal to the path of the file source
on disk. The same restrictions apply as with -disk_name.
@*
@item -type type_letter :
Matches files of the given type:
"block", "char", "dir", "pipe", "file", "link", "socket", "eltorito",
and "Xotic" which matches what is not matched by the other types.
@*
Only the first letter is interpreted.  E.g.: -find / -type d
@*
@item -size [+-][=]number[cwbdksmg] :
Matches files with matching relation to the given size number.
@*
The prefix defines the desired relation:
@*
No prefix or prefix "=" means: File must have exactly the given size. 
@*
Prefix "+" means: File must be larger than given size.
@*
Prefix "+=" means: File must be larger than or equal to given size limit.
@*
Prefix "-" means: File must be smaller than given size limit.
@*
Prefix "-=" means: File must be smaller than or equal to given size limit.
@*
Suffixes are peculiar to stay compatible with program "find":
@*
No suffix means blocks of 512 bytes, "c" means single bytes, "w" means 2 bytes,
"b" means 512 bytes.
The suffixes "k", "M", and "G" mean 1024, 1024k, and 1024M respectively.
As usual with xorriso, the suffixes "d" and "s" mean 512 and 2048 and all
suffixes are recognized as both, uppercase and lowercase letters.
@*
E.g. match files of 4 GiB or larger:
@*
 -size +=4g
@*
@item -maxdepth number :
Matches only files which are at most at the given depth level relative to
the iso_rr_path where -find starts. That path itself is at depth 0, its
directory children are at 1, their directory children at 2, and so on.
@*
@item -mindepth number :
Matches only files which are at least at the given depth level.
@*
@item -damaged :
Matches files which use data blocks marked as damaged by a previous
run of -check_media. The damage info vanishes when a new ISO image gets
loaded.
@*
Note that a MD5 session mismatch marks all files of the session as damaged.
If finer distinction is desired, perform -md5 off before -check_media.
@*
@item -pending_data :
Matches files which get their content from outside the loaded ISO image.
@*
@item -lba_range start_lba block_count :
Matches files which use data blocks within the range of start_lba
and start_lba+block_count-1.
@*
@item -has_acl :
Matches files which have a non-trivial ACL.
@*
@item -has_xattr :
Matches files which have xattr name-value pairs from user namespace.
@*
@item -has_any_xattr :
Matches files which have any xattr other than ACL.
@*
@item -has_aaip :
Matches files which have ACL or any xattr.
@*
@item -has_lfa_flags flag_letters :
Matches files which have Linux file attributes attached and have all flags set
which correspond to the characters in the string flag_letters. The characters
may be zero or more out of the set "aAcCdDeEFhiIjNmPsStTuVxZ".
The character '-' will be ignored. The flag_letters string "-" matches any
attribute set, but not a file with no Linux file attributes attached.
E.g. look for files with both flags 'i' (immutable) and 'd' (no dump) set:
@*
 -has_lfa_flags di
@*
@item -has_some_lfa_flags_of flag_letters :
@*
Similar to -has_lfa_flags but matching files which have at least one of the
flags set which correspond to the characters in the string flag_letters.
The flag_letters string "-" never matches any file.
E.g. look for files which have 'i' or 'a' or both of them set:
@*
 -has_some_lfa_flags_of ia
@*
@item -has_projid number :
Matches files which bear the given XFS-style project id number.
@*
@item -has_md5 :
Matches data files which have MD5 checksums.
@*
@item -has_hfs_crtp creator type :
Matches files which have the given HFS+ creator and type attached.
These are codes of 4 characters which get stored if -hfsplus is
enabled. Use a single dash '-' as wildcard that matches any such code.
E.g:.
@*
 -has_hfs_crtp YYDN TEXT
@*
 -has_hfs_crtp - -
@*
@item -has_hfs_bless blessing :
Matches files which bear the given HFS+ blessing. It may be one of :
"ppc_bootdir", "intel_bootfile", "show_folder", "os9_folder", "osx_folder",
"any". See also action set_hfs_bless.
@*
@item -has_filter :
Matches files which are filtered by -set_filter.
@*
@item -hidden hide_state :
Matches files which are hidden in "iso_rr" tree, in "joliet" tree,
in "hfsplus" tree, in all trees ("on"), or not hidden in any tree ("off").
@*
Those which are hidden in some tree match -not -hidden "off".
@*
@item -bad_outname namespace :
Matches files with names which change when converted forth and back
between the local character set and one of the namespaces "rockridge",
"joliet", "ecma119", "hfsplus".
@*
All applicable -compliance rules are taken into respect.
Rule "omit_version" is always enabled, because else
namespaces "joliet" and "ecma119" would cause changes with every
non-directory name.
Consider to also enable rules "no_force_dots" and "no_j_force_dots".
@*
The namespaces use different character sets and apply further restrictions
to name length, permissible characters, and mandatory name components.
"rockridge" uses the character set defined by -out_charset,
"joliet" uses UCS-2BE, "ecma119" uses ASCII, "hfsplus" uses UTF-16BE.
@*
@item -name_limit_blocker length :
Matches file names which would prevent command -file_name_limit with the
given length. The command itself reports only the first problem file.
@*
@item -prune :
If this test is reached and the tested file is a directory then -find will not
dive into that directory. This test itself does always match. 
@*
@item -use_pattern "on"|"off" :
This pseudo test controls the interpretation of wildcards with tests
-name, -wholename, and -disk_name. Default is "on". If interpretation
is disabled by "off", then the parameters of -name, -wholename, and -disk_name
have to match literally rather than as search pattern.
This test itself does always match.
@*
@item -or_use_pattern "on"|"off" :
Like -use_pattern, but automatically appending the test by -or rather
than by -and. Further the test itself does never match. So a subsequent
test -or will cause its other operand to be performed.
@*
@item -decision "yes"|"no" :
If this test is reached then the evaluation ends immediately and action
is performed if the decision is "yes" or "true". See operator -if.
@*
@c man \fB\-true\fR and \fB\-false\fR :
@c man-ignore-lines 1
@item -true and -false :
Always match or match not, respectively. Evaluation goes on.
@*
@item -sort_lba :
Always match. This causes -find to perform its action in a sequence sorted by
the ISO image block addresses of the files. It may improve throughput with
actions which read data from optical drives. Action will always get the
absolute path as parameter.
@*
Available operators are:
@*
@item -not :
Matches if the next test or sub expression does not match.
Several tests do this specifically:
@*
-undamaged, -lba_range with negative start_lba, -has_no_acl, -has_no_xattr,
-has_no_aaip, -has_no_filter .
@*
@item -and :
Matches if both neighboring tests or expressions match.
@*
@item -or :
Matches if at least one of both neighboring tests or expressions matches.
@*
@c man \fB\-sub\fR ... \fB\-subend\fR or \fB(\fR ... \fB)\fR :
@c man-ignore-lines 1
@item -sub ... -subend or ( ... ) :
Enclose a sub expression which gets evaluated first before it
is processed by neighboring operators.
Normal precedence is: -not, -or , -and.
@*
@c man \fB\-if\fR ... \fB\-then\fR\ ... \fB\-elseif\fR ... \fB\-then\fR ...
@c man \fB\-else\fR ... \fB\-endif\fR :
@c man-ignore-lines 1
@item -if ... -then ... -elseif ... -then ... -else ... -endif :
Enclose one or more sub expressions. If the -if expression matches, then
the -then expression is evaluated as the result of the whole expression
up to -endif. Else the next -elseif expression is evaluated and if it matches,
its -then expression. Finally in case of no match, the -else expression
is evaluated.
There may be more than one -elseif. Neither -else nor -elseif are mandatory.
If -else is missing and would be hit, then the result is a non-match.
@*
-if-expressions are the main use case for above test -decision.
@end table
@sp 1

Default action is @strong{echo},
i.e. to print the address of the found file. Other actions are certain
@command{xorriso} commands which get performed on the found files.
These commands
may have specific parameters. See also their particular descriptions.
@c man .br
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man \fBchown\fR and \fBchown_r\fR
@c man-ignore-lines 1
@item chown and chown_r
change the ownership and get the user id
as parameter. E.g.: -exec chown thomas @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@c man \fBchgrp\fR and \fBchgrp_r\fR
@c man-ignore-lines 1
@item chgrp and chgrp_r
change the group attribute and get the group id
as parameter. E.g.: -exec chgrp_r staff @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@c man \fBchmod\fR and \fBchmod_r\fR
@c man-ignore-lines 1
@item chmod and chmod_r
change access permissions and get a mode string
as parameter.  E.g.: -exec chmod a-w,a+r @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@c man \fBalter_date\fR and \fBalter_date_r\fR
@c man-ignore-lines 1
@item alter_date and alter_date_r
change the timestamps. They get a type
character and a timestring as parameters.
@*
E.g.: -exec alter_date "m" "Dec 30 19:34:12 2007" @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@c man \fBset_to_mtime\fR
@c man-ignore-lines 1
@item set_to_mtime
sets the ctime and atime to the value found in mtime.
@*
@item lsdl
prints file information like shell command ls -dl.
@*
@item compare
performs command -compare with the found file address as
iso_rr_path and the corresponding file address below its parameter
disk_path_start. For this the iso_rr_path of the -find command gets
replaced by the disk_path_start.
@*
E.g.: -find /thomas -exec compare /home/thomas @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@item update
performs command -update with the found file address as
iso_rr_path. The corresponding file address is determined like with above
action "compare".
@*
@item update_merge
is like update but does not delete the found file if it is missing on disk.
It may be run several times and records with all visited files whether their
counterpart on disk has already been seen by one of the update_merge runs.
Finally, a -find run with action "rm_merge" may remove all files that
saw no counterpart on disk.
@*
Up to the next "rm_merge" or "clear_merge" all newly inserted files will
get marked as having a disk counterpart.
@*
@item rm
removes the found iso_rr_path from the image if it is not a directory
with files in it. I.e. this "rm" includes "rmdir".
@*
@item rm_r
removes the found iso_rr_path from the image, including whole
directory trees.
@*
@item rm_merge
removes the found iso_rr_path if it was visited by one or more previous actions
"update_merge" and saw no counterpart on disk in any of them. The marking from
the update actions is removed in any case.
@*
@item clear_merge
removes an eventual marking from action "update_merge".
@*
@item report_damage
classifies files whether they hit a data block that is
marked as damaged. The result is printed together with the address
of the first damaged byte, the maximum span of damages, file size, and the
path of the file. 
@*
@item report_lba
prints files which are associated to image data blocks.
It tells the logical block address, the block number, the byte size,
and the path of each file. There may be reported more than one
line per file if the file has more than one section.
In this case each line has a different extent number in column "xt".
@*
@item report_sections
like report_lba but telling the byte sizes of the particular sections rather
than the overall byte size of the file.
@*
@item getfacl
prints access permissions in ACL text form to the result channel.
@*
@item setfacl
attaches ACLs after removing existing ones. The new
ACL is given in text form as defined with command -setfacl.
@*
E.g.: -exec setfacl u:lisa:rw,u::rw,g::r,o::@minus{},m::rw @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@item getfattr
prints xattr name-value pairs to the result channel. The choice of namespaces
depends on the setting of command -xattr: "off", "on", or "user" restricts
it to the namespace "user", "any" only omits namespace "isofs".
@*
@item get_any_xattr
prints xattr name-value pairs from any namespace
except ACL to the result channel. This is mostly for debugging of
namespace "isofs".
@*
@item list_extattr mode
prints a script to the result channel, which would use FreeBSD command
setextattr to set the file's xattr name-value pairs of user namespace.
Parameter mode controls the form of the output of names and values.
Default mode "e" prints harmless characters in shell quotation marks,
but represents texts with octal 001 to 037 and 0177 to 0377 by an embedded
echo -e command.
Mode "q" prints any characters in shell quotation marks. This might not be
terminal-safe but should work in script files.
Mode "r" uses no quotation marks. Not safe.
Mode "b" prints backslash encoding. Not suitable for shell parsing.
@*
E.g.: -exec list_extattr e --
@*
Command -backslash_codes does not affect the output.
@*
@item lsattrd
shows the Linux file attribute flags like command -lsattrd does.
@*
@item chattr mode
applies -chattr with the given mode. Other than command -chattr this silently
skips any file which are not -type "dir" or "file".
@*
E.g.: -exec chattr +sDu --
@*
@item get_projid
shows the XFS-style project id number.
@*
@item get_projid_minmax
shows at the end of the -find run the minimal and the maximal XFS-style
project id numbers among the files which were matched by the find tests.
@*
@item set_projid number
applies -set_projid with the given number. Number range is 0 to 4294967295.
@*
E.g.: -exec set_projid 1001 --
@*
@item get_md5
prints the MD5 sum, if recorded, together with file path.
@*
@item check_md5
compares the MD5 sum, if recorded, with the file content
and reports if mismatch.
@*
E.g.: -find / -not -pending_data -exec check_md5 FAILURE @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@item make_md5
equips a data file with an MD5 sum of its content. Useful to
upgrade the files in the loaded image to full MD5 coverage by the next
commit with -md5 "on".
@*
E.g.: -find / -type f -not -has_md5 -exec make_md5 @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@item setfattr
sets or deletes xattr name value pairs.
@*
E.g.: -find / -has_xattr -exec setfattr @minus{}@minus{}remove-all '' @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@item set_hfs_crtp
adds, changes, or removes HFS+ creator and type attributes.
@*
E.g.: -exec set_hfs_crtp YYDN TEXT
@*
E.g.: -find /my/dir -prune -exec set_hfs_crtp --delete -
@*
@item get_hfs_crtp
prints the HFS+ creator and type attributes together with the iso_rr_path,
if the file has such attributes at all.
@*
E.g.: -exec get_hfs_crtp
@*
@item set_hfs_bless
applies or removes HFS+ blessings. They are roles which can be attributed to
up to four directories and a data file:
@*
"ppc_bootdir", "intel_bootfile", "show_folder", "os9_folder", "osx_folder".
@*
They may be abbreviated as "p", "i", "s", "9", and "x".
@*
Each such role can be attributed to at most one file object. "intel_bootfile"
is the one that would apply to a data file. All others apply to directories.
The -find run will end as soon as the first blessing is issued. The previous
bearer of the blessing will lose it then.
No file object can bear more than one blessing.
@*
E.g.: -find /my/blessed/directory -exec set_hfs_bless p
@*
Further there is blessing "none" or "n" which revokes any blessing from
the found files. This -find run will not stop when the first match is reached.
@*
E.g.: -find / -has_hfs_bless any -exec set_hfs_bless none
@*
@item get_hfs_bless
prints the HFS+ blessing role and the iso_rr_path, if the file is blessed
at all.
@*
E.g.: -exec get_hfs_bless
@*
@item set_filter
applies or removes filters.
@*
E.g.: -exec set_filter @minus{}@minus{}zisofs @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@item mkisofs_r
applies the rules of mkisofs -r to the file object:
@*
user id and group id become 0, all r-permissions get granted, all w denied.
If there is any x-permission, then all three x get granted.
s- and t-bits get removed.
@*
@item sort_weight
attributes a LBA weight number to regular files.
@*
The number may range from -2147483648 to 2147483647. The higher it is, the
lower will be the block address of the file data in the emerging ISO image.
Currently the boot catalog has a hardcoded weight of 1 billion.
Normally it should occupy the block with the lowest possible address.
@*
Data files which are loaded by -indev or -dev get a weight between 1 and
2 exp 28 = 268,435,456, depending on their block address. This shall keep
them roughly in the same order if the write method of modifying is applied.
@*
Data files which are added by other commands get an initial weight of 0.
Boot image files have a default weight of 2.
@*
E.g.: -exec sort_weight 3 @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@item show_stream
shows the content stream chain of a data file.
@*
@item show_stream_id
is like show_stream, but also prints between stream type and first ":"
in square brackets libisofs id numbers: [fs_id,dev_id,ino_id].
@*
@item hide
brings the file into one of the hide states "on", "iso_rr", "joliet",
"hfsplus", "off". They may be combined. E.g.: joliet:hfsplus
@*
E.g.:
@*
  -find / -disk_name *_secret -exec hide on
@*
@item print_outname
prints in the first line the filename as registered by the program model,
and in the second line the filename after conversion forth and back between
local character set and one of the namespaces "rockridge", "joliet", "ecma119",
or "hfsplus". The third output line is "--" .
@*
The name conversion does not take into respect the possibility of name
collisions in the target namespace. Such collisions are most likely in "joliet"
and "ecma119", where they get resolved by automatic file name changes.
@*
E.g.:
@*
  -find / -bad_outname joliet -exec print_outname joliet
@*
@item estimate_size
prints a lower and an upper estimation of the number of blocks which the
found files together will occupy in the emerging ISO image.
This does not account for the superblock,
for the directories in the -find path, or for image padding.
@*
@item find
performs another run of -find on the matching file address.
It accepts the same params as -find, except iso_rr_path.
@*
E.g.:
@*
  -find / -name '???' -type d -exec find -name '[abc]*' -exec chmod a-w,a+r @minus{}@minus{}
@end table
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Filters for data file content:
@c man .PP
@node Filter, Writing, CmdFind, Commands
@section Filters for data file content
@cindex Filter, _definition
@strong{Filters} may be installed between data files in the ISO image and their
content source outside the image. They may also be used vice versa between
data content in the image and target files on disk.
@*
@sp 1
Built-in filters are "@minus{}@minus{}zisofs" and
"@minus{}@minus{}zisofs-decode". The former is to be
applied via -set_filter, the latter is automatically applied if zisofs
compressed content is detected with a file when loading the ISO image.
@*
Another built-in filter pair is "@minus{}@minus{}gzip"
and "@minus{}@minus{}gunzip" with suffix ".gz".
They behave about like external gzip and gunzip but avoid forking a process
for each single file. So they are much faster if there are many small files.
@c man .PP
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -external_filter name option[:option] program_path [arguments] @minus{}@minus{}
@kindex -external_filter   registers data filter
@cindex Filter, register, -external_filter
Register a content filter by associating a name with a program path,
program arguments, and some behavioral options. Once registered it can be
applied to multiple data files in the ISO image, regardless whether their
content resides in the loaded ISO image or in the local filesystem.
External filter processes may produce synthetic file content by reading the
original content from stdin and writing to stdout whatever they want.
They must deliver the same output on the same input in repeated runs.
@*
Options are:
@*
 "default" means that no other option is intended.
@*
 "suffix=..." sets a file name suffix. If it is not empty then it will be
appended to the file name or removed from it.
@*
 "remove_suffix" will remove a file name suffix
rather than appending it.
@*
 "if_nonempty" will leave 0-sized files unfiltered.
@*
 "if_reduction" will try filtering and revoke it if the content size does not
shrink.
@*
 "if_block_reduction" will revoke if the number of 2 kB blocks does not shrink.
@*
 "used=..." is ignored. Command -status shows it with the number of
files which currently have the filter applied.
@*
Examples:
@*
 -external_filter bzip2 suffix=.bz2:if_block_reduction \
@*
                  /usr/bin/bzip2 @minus{}@minus{}
@*
 -external_filter bunzip2 suffix=.bz2:remove_suffix \
@*
                  /usr/bin/bunzip2 @minus{}@minus{}
@c man .TP
@item -unregister_filter name
@kindex -external_filter   unregisters data filter
@cindex Filter, unregister, -unregister_filter
Remove an -external_filter registration. This is only possible if the filter
is not applied to any file in the ISO image.
@c man .TP
@item -close_filter_list
@kindex -close_filter_list   bans filter registration
@cindex Filter, ban registration, -close_filter_list
Irrevocably ban commands -concat "pipe", -external_filter,
and -unregister_filter, but not -set_filter. Use this to prevent external
filtering in general or when all intended filters are registered and -concat
mode "pipe" shall be disallowed.
External filters may also be banned totally at compile time of
@command{xorriso}.
By default they are banned if @command{xorriso} runs under setuid permission.
@c man .TP
@item -set_filter name iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -set_filter   applies filter to file
@cindex Filter, apply to file, -set_filter
Apply an -external_filter or a built-in filter to the given data files in the
ISO image.
If the filter suffix is not empty , then it will be applied to the file name.
Renaming only happens if the filter really gets attached and is not revoked by
its options.
By default files which already bear the suffix will not get filtered. The
others will get the suffix appended to their names.
If the filter has option "remove_suffix", then the filter will only be
applied if the suffix is present and can be removed.
Name oversize or collision caused by suffix change will prevent filtering.
@*
With most filter types this command will immediately run the filter once for
each file in order to determine the output size.
Content reading operations like -extract , -compare and image generation will
perform further filter runs and deliver filtered content.
@*
At image generation time the filter output must still be the same as the
output from the first run. Filtering for image generation does not happen
with files from the loaded ISO image if the write method of growing is in
effect (i.e -indev and -outdev are identical).
@*
The reserved filter name "@minus{}@minus{}remove-all-filters" revokes
filtering. This will revoke suffix renamings as well.
Use "@minus{}@minus{}remove-all-filters+" to
prevent any suffix renaming.
@*
Attaching or detaching filters will not alter the state of -changes_pending.
If the filter manipulations shall be the only changes in a write run, then
explicitly execute -changes_pending "yes".
@c man .TP
@item -set_filter_r name iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -set_filter_r   applies filter to file tree
@cindex Filter, apply to file tree, -set_filter_r
Like -set_filter but affecting all data files below eventual directories.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Writing the result, drive control:
@node Writing, SetWrite, Filter, Commands
@section Writing the result, drive control
@c man .PP
(see also paragraph about settings below)
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -rollback
@kindex -rollback   discards pending changes
@cindex Image, discard pending changes, -rollback
Discard the manipulated ISO image and reload it from -indev.
(Use -rollback_end if immediate program end is desired.)
@c man .TP
@item -changes_pending "no"|"yes"|"mkisofs_printed"|"show_status"
@kindex -changes_pending   overrides change status
@cindex Image, override change status, -changes_pending
Write runs are performed only if a change of the image has been made 
since the image was loaded or created blank. Vice versa the program will
start a write run for pending changes when it ends normally (i.e. not by abort
and not by command -rollback_end).
@*
The command -changes_pending can be used to override the automatically
determined state. This is mainly useful for setting state "yes" despite
no real changes were made. The sequence -changes_pending "no" -end
is equivalent to the command -rollback_end. State "mkisofs_printed"
is caused by emulation command -as mkisofs if option -print-size is present.
@*
The pseudo-state "show_status" can be used to print the current state to result
channel.
@*
Image loading or manipulations which happen after this command will again
update automatically the change status of the image.
@c man .TP
@item -commit
@kindex -commit   writes pending ISO image
@cindex Write, pending ISO image, -commit
Perform the write operation. Afterwards, if -outdev is readable, make it
the new -dev and load the image from there.
Switch to growing mode.
(A subsequent -outdev will activate modification mode or blind growing.)
-commit is performed automatically at end of program if there
are uncommitted manipulations pending.
@*
So, to perform a final write operation with no new -dev
and no new loading of image, rather execute command -end.
If you want to go on without image loading, execute -commit_eject "none".
To eject after write without image loading, use -commit_eject "all".
@*
To suppress a final write, execute -rollback_end.
@*

Writing can last quite a while. It is not unnormal with several
types of media that there is no progress visible for the first
few minutes or that the drive gnaws on the medium for a few
minutes after all data have been transmitted.
@command{xorriso} and the drives are in a client-server relationship.
The drives have much freedom about what to do with the media.
Some combinations of drives and media simply do not work,
despite the promises by their vendors.
If writing fails then try other media or another drive. The reason
for such failure is hardly ever in the code of the various
burn programs but you may well try some of those listed below
under SEE ALSO.
@c man .TP
@item -eject "in"|"out"|"all"
@kindex -eject    ejects drive tray
@cindex Drive, eject tray, -eject
Eject the medium in -indev, -outdev, or both drives, respectively.
Note: It is not possible yet to effectively eject disk files.
@c man .TP
@item -commit_eject "in"|"out"|"all"|"none"
@kindex -commit_eject    writes and ejects
@cindex Drive, write and eject, -commit_eject
Combined -commit and -eject. When writing has finished do not make
-outdev the new -dev, and load no ISO image. Rather eject
-indev and/or -outdev. Give up any non-ejected drive.
@c man .TP
@item -blank mode
@kindex -blank   erases media
@cindex Media, erase, -blank
Make media ready for writing from scratch (if not -dummy is activated).
@*
This affects only the -outdev not the -indev.
If both drives are the same and if the ISO image was altered
then this command leads to a FAILURE event.
Defined modes are:
  as_needed, fast, all, deformat, deformat_quickest
@*
"as_needed" cares for used CD-RW, DVD-RW and for used overwritable media
by applying -blank "fast". It applies -format "full" to  yet unformatted
DVD-RAM and BD-RE. Other media in blank state are gracefully ignored.
Media which cannot be made ready for writing from scratch cause a FAILURE
event.
@*
"fast" makes CD-RW and unformatted DVD-RW re-usable, or invalidates
overwritable ISO images. "all" might work more thoroughly and need more time.
@*
"deformat" converts overwritable DVD-RW into unformatted ones.
@*
"deformat_quickest" is a faster way to deformat or blank DVD-RW
but produces media which are only suitable for a single session.
Some drives announce this state by not offering feature 21h,
but some drives offer it anyway.
If feature 21h is missing, then @command{xorriso}
will refuse to write on DVD-RW if not command -close is set to "on".
@*
The progress reports issued by some drives while blanking are
quite unrealistic. Do not conclude success or failure from the
reported percentages. Blanking was successful if no SORRY event or
worse occurred.
@*
Mode may be prepended by "force:" in order to override the evaluation
of the medium state by libburn. E.g. "force:fast".
Blanking will nevertheless only succeed if the drive is willing to do it.
@*
@c man .TP
@item -format mode
@kindex -format   formats media
@cindex Media, format, -format
Convert unformatted DVD-RW into overwritable ones, "de-ice" DVD+RW, format
newly purchased BD-RE or BD-R, re-format DVD-RAM or BD-RE.
@*
Defined modes are:
@*
  as_needed, full, fast, by_index_<num>, fast_by_index_<num>,
  by_size_<num>, fast_by_size_<num>, without_spare 
@*
"as_needed" formats yet unformatted DVD-RW, DVD-RAM, BD-RE, or blank
unformatted BD-R. Other media are left untouched.
@*
"full" (re-)formats DVD-RW, DVD+RW, DVD-RAM, BD-RE, or blank unformatted BD-R.
@*
"fast" does the same as "full" but tries to be quicker.
@*
"by_index_" selects a format out of the descriptor list issued by command
-list_formats. The index number from that list is to be appended to the
mode word. E.g: "by_index_3".
@*
"fast_by_index_" does the same as "by_index_" but tries to be quicker.
@*
"by_size_" selects a format out of the descriptor list which provides at
least the given size. That size is to be appended to the mode word.
E.g: "by_size_4100m". This applies to media with Defect Management.
On BD-RE it will not choose format 0x31, which offers no Defect Management.
@*
"fast_by_size_" does the same as "by_size_" but tries to be quicker.
@*
"without_spare" selects the largest format out of the descriptor list
which provides no Spare Area for Defect Management. On BD-RE this
will be format 0x31.
@*
The formatting action has no effect on media if -dummy is activated.
@*
Formatting is normally needed only once during the lifetime of a medium,
if ever. But it is a reason for re-formatting if:
@*
 DVD-RW was deformatted by -blank,
@*
 DVD+RW has read failures (re-format before next write),
@*
 DVD-RAM or BD-RE shall change their amount of defect reserve.
@*
BD-R may be written unformatted or may be formatted before first use.
Formatting activates Defect Management which tries to catch and repair
bad spots on media during the write process at the expense of half speed
even with flawless media.
@*
The progress reports issued by some drives while formatting are
quite unrealistic. Do not conclude success or failure from the
reported percentages. Formatting was successful if no SORRY event
or worse occurred. Be patient with apparently frozen progress.
@c man .TP
@item -list_formats
@kindex -list_formats   lists available formats
@cindex Media, list formats, -list_formats
Put out a list of format descriptors as reported by the output drive for
the current medium. The list gives the index number after "Format idx",
a MMC format code, the announced size in blocks (like "2236704s")
and the same size in MiB. 
@*
MMC format codes are manifold. Most important are:
"00h" general formatting, "01h" increases reserve space for DVD-RAM,
"26h" for DVD+RW, "30h" for BD-RE with reserve space,
"31h" for BD-RE without reserve space, "32h" for BD-R.
@*
Smaller format size with DVD-RAM, BD-RE, or BD-R means more reserve space.
@c man .TP
@item -list_speeds
@kindex -list_speeds   lists available write speeds
@cindex Media, list write speeds, -list_speeds
Put out a list of speed values as reported by the drives with the loaded
media. The list tells read speeds of the input drive and of the output
drive. Further it tells write speeds of the output drive.
@*
The list of write speeds does not necessarily mean that the medium is writable
or that these speeds are actually achievable. Especially the
lists reported with empty drive or with ROM media obviously advertise
speeds for other media.
@*
It is not mandatory to use speed values out of the listed range.
The drive is supposed to choose a safe speed that is as near to the desired
speed as possible.
@*
At the end of the list, "Write speed L" and "Write speed H"
are the best guesses for lower and upper write speed limit.
"Write speed l" and "Write speed h" may appear only with CD
and eventually override the list of other speed offers.
@*
Only if the drive reports contradicting speed information there will appear
"Write speed 0", which tells the outcome of speed selection by command
-speed 0, if it deviates from "Write speed H".
@*
"Read speed L" and "Read speed H" tell the minimum and maximum read speeds,
as reported by the drive. They would be chosen by -read_speed "min" or
"max" if they undercut or surpass the built-in limits. These are "1x",
"52xCD", "24xDVD", "20xBD".
@c man .TP
@item -list_profiles "in"|"out"|"all"
@kindex -list_profiles   lists supported media
@cindex Drive, list supported media, -list_profiles
Put out a list of media types supported by -indev, -outdev, or both,
respectively.
The currently recognized type is marked by text "(current)".
@c man .TP
@item -truncate_overwritable entity id adjust
@kindex -truncate_overwritable   activates older session
@cindex Older session, activate, -truncate_overwritable
On overwritable medium copy the volume descriptors of an existing session to
the overall descriptors at LBA 0 ff. This makes all sessions
@strong{inaccessible} which are younger than the activated one.
A reason to do this would be read errors in the younger sessions and
the wish to re-write or skip them.
@*
This operation is only allowed if no changes to the loaded filesystem are
pending. If an -indev is acquired then it is released before the write
operation begins and re-acquired only in case of success.
@*
The parameters "entity" and "id" have the same meaning as with command -load.
They choose the existing ISO session which shall become the youngest accessible
session. Available entity names are "session", "track", "lba", "sbsector",
"volid". "auto" makes few sense. id is a number or search text as appropriate
for the given entity.
@*
Parameter "adjust" controls the claimed size of the activated session. Text
"new" means the size of the newly activated session as it was before this
command. I.e. the space of the then inaccessible younger sessions will be
re-used when appending more sessions.
@*
"old" means the size up to the end of the previously youngest session.
I.e. "old" will not free the space of the then inaccessible younger sessions
for re-use.
@*
A number preceded by "+" gives the number of bytes to be added to "new".
A number without "+" gives the overall number of bytes. In any case the result
may not be smaller than "new". Numbers may have a unit suffix: "d"=512,
"k"=1024, "s"=2048, "m"=1024k, "g"=1024m.
@*
Normally the volume descriptors at block 16 ff. have to be readable. Only with
entity  "lba" or "sbsector" and adjust mode "new" it is possible to address
a session if block 16 ff. yields no valid volume descriptors.
@*
Examples:
@*
Activate session 4 and enable overwriting of the blocks of younger sessions:
@*
 -truncate_overwritable session 4 new
@*
Activate session 4 and claim the blocks of younger sessions as useless part of
session 4:
@*
 -truncate_overwritable session 4 old
@*
Let session 4 claim additional 500 MiB as useless data:
@*
 -truncate_overwritable session 4 +500m
@c man .TP
@item -close_damaged "as_needed"|"force"
@kindex -close_damaged   closes damaged track and session
@cindex Damaged track and session, close, -close_damaged
Try to close the upcoming track and session if the drive reported the medium
as damaged. This may apply to CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD+R, DVD+R DL,
or BD-R media. It is indicated by warning messages when the drive gets
acquired, and by a remark "but next track is damaged" with the line
"Media status :" of command -toc.
@*
The setting of command -close determines whether the medium stays appendable.
@*
Mode "as_needed" gracefully refuses on media which are not reported as
damaged. Mode "force" attempts the close operation even with media which
appear undamaged.
@*
No image changes are allowed to be pending before this command is performed.
After closing was attempted, both drives are given up.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Settings for result writing:
@node SetWrite, Bootable, Writing, Commands
@section Settings for result writing
@c man .PP
Rock Ridge info will be generated by default.
ACLs will be written according to the setting of command -acl.
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -joliet "on"|"off"
@kindex -joliet   enables production of Joliet tree
@cindex Write, enable Joliet, -joliet
If enabled by "on", generate Joliet tree additional to ISO 9660 + Rock Ridge
tree.
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -hfsplus "on"|"off"
@kindex -hfsplus   enables production of HFS+ partition
@cindex Write, enable HFS+, -hfsplus
If enabled by "on", generate a HFS+ filesystem inside the ISO 9660 image
and mark it by Apple Partition Map (APM) entries in the System Area,
the first 32 KiB of the image.
@*
This may collide with data submitted by -boot_image system_area=.
The first 8 bytes of the System Area get overwritten by
@{ 0x45, 0x52, 0x08 0x00, 0xeb, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff @}
which can be executed as x86 machine code without negative effects.
So if an MBR gets combined with this feature, then its first 8 bytes
should contain no essential commands.
@*
The next blocks of 2 KiB in the System Area will be occupied by APM entries.
The first one covers the part of the ISO image before the HFS+ filesystem
metadata. The second one marks the range from HFS+ metadata to the end
of file content data. If more ISO image data follow, then a third partition
entry gets produced. Other features of xorriso might cause the need for
more APM entries.
@*
The HFS+ filesystem is not suitable for add-on sessions produced by the
multi-session method of growing. An existing ISO image may nevertheless
be the base for a new image produced by the method of modifying.
If -hfsplus is enabled when -indev or -dev gets executed, then AAIP
attributes get loaded from the input image and checked for information about
HFS creator, filetype, or blessing. If found, then they get enabled as
settings for the next image production.
Therefore it is advisable to perform -hfsplus "on" before -indev or -dev.
@*
Information about HFS creator, type, and blessings gets stored by xorriso
if -hfsplus is enabled at -commit time. It is stored as copy outside the
HFS+ partition, but rather along with the Rock Ridge information.
xorriso does not read any information from the HFS+ meta data.
@*
Be aware that HFS+ is case-insensitive although it can record file names
with upper-case and lower-case letters. Therefore, file names from the iso_rr
name tree may collide in the HFS+ name tree. In this case they get changed
by adding underscore characters and counting numbers. In case of very long
names, it might be necessary to map them to "MANGLED_...".
@*
WARNING:
@*
The HFS+ implementation in libisofs has a limit of 125,829,120 bytes for the
size of the overall directory tree. This suffices for about 300,000 files
of normal name length. If the limit gets exceeded, a FAILURE event will be
issued and the ISO production will not happen.
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -rockridge "on"|"off"
@kindex -rockridge   disables production of Rock Ridge info
@cindex Write, disable Rock Ridge, -rockridge
Mode "off" disables production of Rock Ridge information for the ISO 9660 file
objects. The multi-session capabilities of xorriso depend much on the naming
fidelity of Rock Ridge. So it is strongly discouraged to deviate from
default setting "on".
@c man .TP
@item -compliance rule[:rule...]
@kindex -compliance   controls standard compliance
@cindex Write, compliance to specs, -compliance
Adjust the compliance to specifications of ISO 9660/ECMA-119 and its
contemporary extensions. In some
cases it is worth to deviate a bit in order to circumvent bugs of the intended
reader system or to get unofficial extra features.
@*
There are several adjustable rules which have a keyword each. If they
are mentioned with this command then their rule gets added to the relaxation
list. This list can be erased by rules "strict" or "clear". It can be reset
to its start setting by "default". All of the following relaxation rules
can be revoked individually by appending "_off". Like "deep_paths_off".
@*
Rule keywords are:
@*
"iso_9660_level="number chooses level 1 with ECMA-119 names of the form 8.3
and -file_size_limit <= 4g - 1, or level 2 with ECMA-119 names up to
length 32 and the same -file_size_limit, or level 3 with ECMA-119 names up to
length 32 and -file_size_limit >= 400g -200k. If necessary -file_size_limit
gets adjusted.
@*
"allow_dir_id_ext" allows ECMA-119 names of directories to have a name extension
as with other file types. It does not force dots and it omits the version
number, though. This is a bad tradition of mkisofs which violates ECMA-119.
Especially ISO level 1 only allows 8 characters in a directory name and
not 8.3.
@*
"omit_version" does not add versions (";1") to ECMA-119 and Joliet file names.
@*
"only_iso_version" does not add versions (";1") to Joliet file names.
@*
"deep_paths" allows ECMA-119 file paths deeper than 8 levels.
@*
"long_paths" allows ECMA-119 file paths longer than 255 characters.
@*
"long_names" allows up to 37 characters with ECMA-119 file names.
@*
"no_force_dots" does not add a dot to ECMA-119 file names which have none.
@*
"no_j_force_dots" does not add a dot to Joliet file names which have none.
@*
"lowercase" allows lowercase characters in ECMA-119 file names.
@*
"7bit_ascii" allows nearly all 7-bit characters in ECMA-119 file names.
Not allowed are 0x0 and '/'. If not "lowercase" is enabled, then lowercase
letters get converted to uppercase.
@*
"full_ascii" allows all 8-bit characters except 0x0 and '/'
in ECMA-119 file names.
@*
"untranslated_names" might be dangerous for inadverted reader programs
which rely on the restriction to at most 37 characters in ECMA-119 file names.
This rule allows ECMA-119 file names up to 96 characters with no character
conversion. If a file name has more characters, then image production will
fail deliberately.
@*
"untranslated_name_len="number enables untranslated_names with a smaller limit
for the length of file names. 0 disables this feature, -1 chooses maximum
length limit, numbers larger than 0 give the desired length limit.
@*
"joliet_long_names" allows Joliet leaf names up to 103 characters rather
than 64.
@*
"joliet_long_paths" allows Joliet paths longer than 240 characters.
@*
@cindex UTF-16, for Joliet paths, -compliance
"joliet_utf16" encodes Joliet names in UTF-16BE rather than UCS-2.
The difference is with characters which are not present
in UCS-2 and get encoded in UTF-16 by 2 words of 16 bit each.
Both words then stem from a reserved subset of UCS-2.
@*
"always_gmt" stores timestamps in GMT representation with timezone 0.
@*
"rec_mtime" records with non-RockRidge directory entries the disk file's
mtime and not the creation time of the image. This applies to the ECMA-119
tree (plain ISO 9660), to the Joliet tree, and to the tree of an Enhanced
Volume Descriptor (aka ISO 9660:1999) as of ECMA-119 4th Edition.
"rec_mtime" is default. If disabled, it gets automatically re-enabled
by -as mkisofs emulation when a pathspec is encountered.
@*
"new_rr" uses Rock Ridge version 1.12 (suitable for GNU/Linux but not for older
FreeBSD or for Solaris). This implies "aaip_susp_1_10_off" which may be changed
by subsequent "aaip_susp_1_10".
@*
Default is "old_rr" which uses Rock Ridge version 1.10. This implies also 
"aaip_susp_1_10" which may be changed by subsequent "aaip_susp_1_10_off".
@*
"aaip_susp_1_10" allows AAIP to be written as unofficial extension of RRIP
rather than as official extension under SUSP-1.12.
@*
"no_emul_toc" saves 64 kB with the first session on overwritable media
but makes the image incapable of displaying its session history.
@*
"iso_9660_1999" causes the production of an additional directory tree
beginning at an Enhanced Volume Descriptor (aka ISO 9660:1999) as of
ECMA-119 4th Edition. It can record long filenames for readers which
do not understand Rock Ridge.
@*
"old_empty" uses the old way of of giving block addresses in the range
of [0,31] to files with no own data content. The new way is to have
a dedicated block to which all such files will point.
@*
"max_ce_entries="number sets the maximum number of SUSP CE entries and thus
continuation areas. Each continuation area can hold at most 2048 bytes of
SUSP data (Rock Ridge or AAIP). The first area can be smaller. There might
be some waste at the end of each area.
When the maximum number is exceeded during ISO filesystem production
then either xattr and ACL get dropped from the affected file or an error
gets reported and image production is prevented.
@*
Linux silently ignores a file when encountering its 32th CE entry.
(Workaround is to mount the filesystem with option "norock".)
So the default setting is 31. Minimum is 1, maximum is 100000.
If a limit higher than 31 is chosen and 31 gets surpassed, then a warning
message gets reported.
@*
"max_ce_drop="mode sets the behavior when the limit of max_ce_entries= is
surpassed. Mode "off" causes an error message and prevents image production.
Mode "xattr" and "xattr_acl" report a warning, delete from the affected
file all xattr of namespaces other than "isofs", and then try again.
If this still surpasses the limit, then mode "xattr_acl" deletes all ACL from
the file and retries.
If this still surpasses the limit, then an error message gets reported and
image production is prevented.
@*
Default setting is
@*
 "clear:iso_9660_level=3:only_iso_version:deep_paths:long_paths:
@*
 no_j_force_dots:always_gmt:rec_mtime:old_rr:max_ce_entries=31:
@*
 max_ce_drop=xattr_acl"
@*
Note: The term "ECMA-119 name" means the plain ISO 9660 names and attributes
which get visible if the reader ignores Rock Ridge.
@c man .TP
@item -rr_reloc_dir name
@kindex -rr_reloc_dir   sets name of relocation directory
@cindex Relocation directory, set name, -rr_reloc_dir
Specify the name of the relocation directory in which deep directory subtrees
shall be placed if -compliance is set to "deep_paths_off" or "long_paths_off".
A deep directory is one that has a chain of 8 parent directories (including
root) above itself, or one that contains a file with an ECMA-119 path of more
than 255 characters.
@*
The overall directory tree will appear originally deep when interpreted
as Rock Ridge tree. It will appear as re-arranged if only ECMA-119
information is considered.
@*
The default relocation directory is the root directory. By giving a non-empty
name with -rr_reloc_dir, a directory in the root directory may get this role.
If that directory does not already exist at -commit time, then it will get
created and marked for Rock Ridge as relocation artefact. At least on
GNU/Linux it will not be displayed in mounted Rock Ridge images.
@*
The name must not contain a '/' character and must not be longer than
255 bytes.
@c man .TP
@item -volid text
@kindex -volid   sets volume id
@cindex Image, set volume id, -volid
Specify the volume ID, which most operating systems will consider to be
the volume name of the image or medium.
@*
@command{xorriso} accepts any text up to 32 characters,
but according to rarely obeyed specs stricter rules apply:
@*
ECMA-119 demands ASCII characters out of [A-Z0-9_]. Like:
@*
  "IMAGE_23"
@*
Joliet allows 16 UCS-2 characters. Like:
@*
  "Windows name"
@*
Be aware that the volume id might get used automatically as the name of the
mount point when the medium is inserted into a playful computer system.
@*
If an ISO image gets loaded while the volume ID is set to default "ISOIMAGE"
or to "", then the volume ID of the loaded image will become the effective
volume id for the next write run. But as soon as command -volid is performed
afterwards, this pending ID is overridden by the new setting.
@*
Consider this when setting -volid "ISOIMAGE" before executing -dev, -indev,
or -rollback.
If you insist in -volid "ISOIMAGE", set it again after those commands.
@c man .TP
@item -volset_id text
@kindex -volset_id   sets volume set id
@cindex Image, set volume set id, -volset_id
Set the volume set ID string to be written with the next -commit.
Permissible are up to 128 characters. This setting gets overridden by
image loading.
@c man .TP
@item -publisher text
@kindex -publisher   sets publisher id
@cindex Image, set publisher id, -publisher
Set the publisher ID string to be written with the next -commit. This may
identify the person or organisation who specified what shall be recorded.
Permissible are up to 128 characters. This setting gets overridden by
image loading.
@c man .TP
@item -application_id text
@kindex -application_id   sets application id
@cindex Image, set application id, -application_id
Set the application ID string to be written with the next -commit. This may
identify the specification of how the data are recorded.
Permissible are up to 128 characters. This setting gets overridden by
image loading.
@*
The special text "@@xorriso@@" gets converted to the ID string of
@command{xorriso}
which is normally written as -preparer_id. It is a wrong tradition to write
the program ID as -application_id.
@c man .TP
@item -system_id text
@kindex -system_id   sets system id
@cindex Image, set system id, -system_id
Set the system ID string to be written with the next -commit. This may
identify the system which can recognize and act upon the content of the
System Area in image blocks 0 to 15.
Permissible are up to 32 characters. This setting gets overridden by
image loading.
@c man .TP
@item -volume_date type timestring
@kindex -volume_date   sets volume timestamp
@cindex Image, set volume timestamp, -volume_date
Set one of the four overall timestamps for subsequent image writing.
Available types are:
@*
"c"  time when the volume was created.
@*
"m"  time when volume was last modified.
@*
"x"  time when the information in the volume expires.
@*
"f"  time since when the volume is effectively valid.
@*
"all_file_dates"  sets mtime, atime, and ctime of all files and
directories to the given time. If the timestring is "set_to_mtime", then the
atime and ctime of each file and directory get set to the value found in their
mtime.
@*
These actions stay delayed until actual ISO production begins.
Up to then they can be revoked by "all_file_dates" with empty timestring
or timestring "default".
@*
The timestamps of the El Torito boot catalog file get refreshed when the ISO
is produced. They can be influenced by "uuid".
@*
"uuid"  sets a timestring that overrides "c" and "m" times literally and sets
the time of the El Torito boot catalog.
It must consist of 16 decimal digits which form YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc, with
YYYY between 1970 and 2999. Time zone is GMT.
It is supposed to match this GRUB line:
@*
 search @minus{}@minus{}fs-uuid @minus{}@minus{}set YYYY-MM-DD-hh-mm-ss-cc
@*
E.g. 2010040711405800 is 7 Apr 2010 11:40:58 (+0 centiseconds).
@*
Timestrings for the other types may be given as with command -alter_date.
Some of them are prone to timezone computations. The timestrings "default" or
"overridden" cause default settings: "c" and "m" will show the current time
of image creation. "x" and "f" will be marked as insignificant.
"uuid" will be deactivated.
@*
At -commit time, some timestamps get set to the maximum value of effectively
written volume creation and modification time: El Torito boot catalog,
HFS+ superblock, ECMA-119 file modification time if -compliance "no_rec_mtime".
The isohybrid MBR id is computed from "uuid" if given, else from the effective
volume modification date.
@c man .TP
@item -copyright_file text
@kindex -copyright_file   sets copyright file name
@cindex Image, set copyright file name, -copyright_file
Set the copyright file name to be written with the next -commit. This should
be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which contains a copyright
statement.
Permissible are up to 37 characters. This setting gets overridden by
image loading.
@c man .TP
@item -abstract_file text
@kindex -abstract_file   sets abstract file name
@cindex Image, set abstract file name, -abstract_file
Set the abstract file name to be written with the next -commit. This should
be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which contains an abstract
statement about the image content.
Permissible are up to 37 characters. This setting gets overridden by
image loading.
@c man .TP
@item -biblio_file text
@kindex -biblio_file   sets biblio file name
@cindex Image, set biblio file name, -biblio_file
Set the biblio file name to be written with the next -commit. This should
be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which contains bibliographic
records.
Permissible are up to 37 characters. This setting gets overridden by
image loading.
@c man .TP
@item -preparer_id text
@kindex -preparer_id   sets preparer id
@cindex Image, set preparer id, -preparer_id
Set the preparer ID string to be written with the next -commit. This may
identify the person or other entity which controls the preparation of the data
which shall be recorded. Normally this should be the ID of @command{xorriso}
and not of the person or program which operates @command{xorriso}.
Please avoid to change it.  Permissible are up to 128 characters.
@*
The special text "@@xorriso@@" gets converted to the ID string of
@command{xorriso} which is default at program startup.
@*
Unlike other ID strings, this setting is not influenced by image loading.
@c man .TP
@item -application_use character|0xXY|disk_path
@kindex -application_use   sets application use field
@cindex Image, set application iuse field, -application_use
Specify the content of the Application Use field which can take at most
512 bytes.
@*
If the parameter of this command is empty, then the field is filled
with 512 0-bytes. If it is a single character, then it gets repeated 512 times.
If it begins by "0x" followed by two hex digits [0-9a-fA-F], then the digits
are read as byte value which gets repeated 512 times.
@*
Any other parameter text is used as disk_path to open a data file and to
read up to 512 bytes from it. If the file is smaller than 512 bytes, then the
remaining bytes in the field get set to binary 0.
@*
This setting is not influenced by image loading.
@c man .TP
@item -out_charset character_set_name
@kindex -out_charset   sets output character set
@cindex Character Set, for output, -out_charset
Set the character set to which file names get converted when writing an
image. See paragraph "Character sets" for more explanations.
When loading the written image after -commit the setting of -out_charset
will be copied to -in_charset.
@c man .TP
@item -uid uid
@kindex -uid   sets global ownership
@cindex Ownership, global in ISO image, -uid
User id to be used for all files when the new ISO tree gets written to media.
@c man .TP
@item -gid gid
@kindex -gid   sets global ownership
@cindex Group, global in ISO image, -gid
Group id to be used for all files when the new ISO tree gets written to media.
@c man .TP
@item -zisofs parameter[:parameters]
@kindex -zisofs   controls zisofs production
@cindex Filter, zisofs parameters, -zisofs
Set global parameters for zisofs compression. This data format is recognized
and transparently uncompressed by some Linux kernels. It is to be applied
via command -set_filter with built-in filter "@minus{}@minus{}zisofs".
@*
Note: This command is only permitted while no --zisofs filters are applied to
any files.
@*
Parameters are:
@*
 "level="[0-9] zlib compression: 0=none, 1=fast,..., 9=slow
@*
 "block_size="32k|64k|128k sets the size of version 1 compression blocks.
@*
 "by_magic=on" enables an expensive test at image generation time which checks
files from disk whether they already are zisofs compressed, e.g. by program
mkzftree. "by_magic=v2" enables processing of already zisofs2 compressed files
additionally to those of zisofs version 1. "by_magic=off" disables both.
@*
 "version_2="off|as_needed|on controls compression by experimental version
zisofs2 which can encode files of size 4 GiB or larger. The Linux kernel
(as of 5.9) does not yet know this format and will complain like
@*
  isofs: Unknown ZF compression algorithm: PZ
@*
The files will then appear in their compressed form with zisofs2 header,
block pointer list, and compressed data.
@*
zisofs2 is recognized by xorriso in files from loaded images and gets equipped
with --zisofs-decode filters, unless restrictions on the number of
block pointers prevent this.
@*
Mode "off" restricts compression to files smaller than 4 GiB uncompressed size.
Mode "as_needed" uses zisofs2 for larger files. Mode "on" uses zisofs2 for all
zisofs compressed files.
@*
 "susp_z2="off|on controls production of SUSP entries "Z2" instead of "ZF"
with zisofs2 compressed files. Unaware Linux kernels are supposed to silently
ignore "Z2" entries.
@*
 "block_size_v2="32k|64k|128k|256k|512k|1m sets the size of compression blocks
for zisofs2.
@*
 "bpt_target="-1|>0 sets a number of block pointers per file, which is
considered low enough to justify a reduction of block size. If this number is
larger than 0, then block sizes smaller than the settings of block_size= or
block_size_v2= are tried whether they yield not more block pointers than the
given number. If so, the smallest suitable block size is applied.
@*
The inavoidable final block pointer counts. E.g. a file of 55 KiB has 3 block
pointers if block size is 32k, and 2 block pointers with block size 64k.
@*
bpt_target=-1 disables this automatic block size adjustment.
@*
 "max_bpt="1k...128g sets the limit for the overall allocated block pointer
memory. Block pointers occupy virtual memory while a file gets uncompressed
and while a file, which shall be compressed, waits for ISO filesystem creation.
@*
One pointer occupies 8 bytes of memory and governs block_size or block_size_v2
uncompressed bytes. I.e. with block size 128k, 1m of block pointer memory
suffices for at most 16g of uncompressed file size. Each file consumes one end
block pointer, independently of the file size. Partially filled end blocks
may further reduce the effective payload.
@*
In case of overflow of the max_bpt limit while adding compression filters
the program tries to go on by discarding all buffered block pointers of
previously added --zisofs filters. From then on all newly added filters will
discard their block pointers immediately after being added.
Discarded block pointers cause an additional read and compression run of the
input file during the production of the ISO filesystem.
@*
 "max_bpt_f="1k...128g sets the limit for the memory size of the block
pointer list of a single file. max_bpt_f is never larger than max_bpt.
If either is set to violate this rule, the other gets set to the same value.
If both values are the same before a change by max_bpt= or max_bpt_f=, then
both limits stick together unless the limit is decreased by max_bpt_f=.
@*
 "bpt_free_ratio="-1|0.0...1.0 sets a threshold for switching to block
pointer discarding during compression. If less than the given fraction of the
max_bpt_f= memory is free, then block pointers of compression filters get
discarded immediately after being added. Value -1 disables this feature.
@*
 "default" is the same as "level=6:block_size=32k:by_magic=off:
version_2=off:block_size_v2=128k:susp_z2=off:max_bpt=256m:max_bpt_f=256m:
bpt_free_ratio=-1".
@c man .TP
@item -speed code|number[k|m|c|d|b]
@kindex -speed   set write speed
@cindex Write, set speed, -speed
Set the burn speed. Default is "max" (or "0") = maximum speed as announced
by the drive.
Further special speed codes are:
@*
"min" (or "-1") selects minimum speed as announced by the drive.
@*
"none" avoids to send a speed setting command to the drive before
burning begins.
@*
Speed can be given in media dependent numbers or as a
desired throughput per second in MMC compliant kB (= 1000)
or MB (= 1000 kB). Media x-speed factor can be set explicitly
by "c" for CD, "d" for DVD, "b" for BD, "x" is optional.
@*
Example speeds:
@*
 706k = 706kB/s = 4c = 4xCD
@*
 5540k = 5540kB/s = 4d = 4xDVD
@*
If there is no hint about the speed unit attached, then the
medium in the -outdev will decide. Default unit is CD = 176.4k.
@*
MMC drives usually activate their own idea of speed and take
the speed value given by the burn program only as upper limit
for their own decision.
@c man .TP
@item -stream_recording "on"|"off"|"full"|"data"|number
@kindex -stream_recording   controls defect management
@cindex Write, defect management, -stream_recording
Setting "on" tries to circumvent the management of defects on DVD-RAM, BD-RE,
or BD-R. Defect management keeps partly damaged media usable. But it reduces
write speed to half nominal speed even if the medium is in perfect shape.
For the case of flawless media, one may use -stream_recording "on" to get
full speed. 
@*
"full" tries full speed with all write operations, whereas "on" does this
only above byte address 32s. One may give a number of at least 16s
in order to set an own address limit.
@*
"data" causes full speed to start when superblock and directory entries are
written and writing of file content blocks begins.
@c man .TP
@item -dvd_obs "default"|"32k"|"64k"|"obs_pad"|"bdr_obs_exempt"
@kindex -dvd_obs   set write block size and end alignment
@cindex Write, block size and end alignment, -dvd_obs
GNU/Linux specific:
Set the number of bytes to be transmitted with each write operation to DVD
or BD media. A number of 64 KB may improve throughput with bus systems which
show latency problems. The default depends on media type, on command
-stream_recording , and on compile time options.
@*
On all systems:
"obs_pad" pads the data of the last write operation of a DVD-R[W] DAO session
or BD-R session up to the full size of an output chunk.
This padding has to be applied automatically to the other DVD and BD media
types, where it causes e.g. ISO images to have trailing unclaimed blocks.
Whether it is applied automatically to BD-R depends on "bdr_obs_exempt".
"obs_pad" can be disabled by "no_obs_pad".
@*
"bdr_obs_exempt" exempts BD-R media from automatic unconditional transaction
end padding, provided that this padding is not requested by "obs_pad" and that
no stream_recording is requested. "bdr_obs_exempt" can be disabled by
"no_obs_exempt".
@*
This is a new feature introduced with version 1.5.6. It might become default
in later versions.
@c man .TP
@item -modesty_on_drive parameter[:parameters]
@kindex -modesty_on_drive   keep drive buffer hungry
@cindex Write, drive buffer, -modesty_on_drive
Control whether the drive buffer shall be kept from getting completely filled.
Parameter "on" (or "1") keeps the program from trying to write to the burner
drive while its buffer is in danger to be filled over a given limit.
If this limit is exceeded then the program will wait until the filling
reaches a given low percentage value.
@*
This can ease the load on operating system and drive controller and thus help
with achieving better input bandwidth if disk and burner are not on independent
controllers (like hda and hdb). It may also help with throughput problems of
simultaneous burns on different burners with Linux kernels like 3.16, if one
has reason not to fix the problem by -scsi_dev_family "sg".
On the other hand it increases the risk of buffer underflow and thus
reduced write speed.
@*
Some burners are not suitable because they
report buffer fill with granularity too coarse in size or time,
or expect their buffer to be filled to the top before they go to full speed.
@*
Parameters "off" or "0" disable this feature.
@*
The threshold for beginning to wait is given by parameter "max_percent=".
Parameter "min_percent=" defines the threshold for resuming transmission.
Percentages are permissible in the range of 25 to 100. Numbers in this
range without a prepended name are interpreted as "on:min_percent=".
@*
E.g.: -modesty_on_drive 75
@*
The optimal values depend on the buffer behavior of the drive.
@*
Parameter "timeout_sec=" defines after which time of unsuccessful waiting
the modesty shall be disabled because it does not work.
@*
Parameter "min_usec=" defines the initial sleeping period in microseconds.
If the drive buffer appears to be too full for sending more data, the
program will wait the given time and inquire the buffer fill state again.
If repeated inquiry shows not enough free space, the sleep time will
slowly be increased to what parameter "max_usec=" defines.
@*
Parameters, which are not mentioned with a -modesty_on_drive command,
stay unchanged. 
Default is:
@*
  -modesty_on_drive off:min_percent=90:max_percent=95:
  timeout_sec=120:min_usec=5000:max_usec=25000
@c man .TP
@item -use_immed_bit "on"|"off"|"default"
@kindex -use_immed_bit   controls use of Immed bit
@cindex Blank, format, Immed bit, -use_immed_bit
Control whether several long lasting SCSI commands shall be executed with the
Immed bit, which makes the commands end early while the drive operation is
still going on. xorriso then inquires progress indication until the drive
reports to be ready again. If this feature is turned off, then blanking and
formatting will show no progress indication.
@*
It may depend on the operating system whether -use_immed_bit is set to "off"
by default. Command -status will tell by appending "/on" or "/off" if a drive
has already been acquired and -use_immed_bit is currently set to "default".
Command -use_immed_bit tolerates and ignores such appended text.
@c man .TP
@item -stdio_sync "on"|"off"|"end"|number
@kindex -stdio_sync   controls stdio buffer
@cindex Write, buffer syncing, -stdio_sync
Set the number of bytes after which to force output to stdio: pseudo drives.
This forcing keeps the memory from being clogged with lots of
pending data for slow devices. Default "on" is the same as "16m".
Forced output can be disabled by "off", or be delayed by "end" until all
data are produced. If a number is chosen, then it must be at least 64k.
@c man .TP
@item -dummy "on"|"off"
@kindex -dummy   controls write simulation
@cindex Write, simulation, -dummy
If "on" then simulate burning or refuse with FAILURE event if
no simulation is possible, do neither blank nor format.
@c man .TP
@item -fs number["k"|"m"]
@kindex -fs   sets size of fifo
@cindex Write, fifo size, -fs
Set the size of the fifo buffer which smoothens the data
stream from ISO image generation to media burning. Default
is 4 MiB, minimum 64 kiB, maximum 1 GiB.
The number may be followed by letter "k" or "m"
which means unit is kiB (= 1024) or MiB (= 1024 kiB).
@c man .TP
@item -close "on"|"off"|"as_needed"
@kindex -close   controls media closing
@cindex Write, close media, -close
If -close is set to "on" then mark the written medium as not appendable
any more. This will have no effect on overwritable media types.
Setting "on" is the contrary of cdrecord option -multi,
and is one aspect of growisofs option -dvd-compat.
@*
If set to "off" then keep the medium writable for an appended session.
@*
If set to "as_needed" then use "on" only if "off" is predicted to
fail with the given medium and its state.
@*
Not all drives correctly recognize fast-blanked DVD-RW which need "on".
If there is well founded suspicion that a burn run failed due to
-close "off", then -close "as_needed" causes a re-try with "on".
@*
Note that emulation command -as "cdrecord" temporarily overrides
the current setting of -close by its own default -close "on" if
its option -multi is missing.
@c man .TP
@item -write_type "auto"|"tao"|"sao/dao"
@kindex -write_type   chooses TAO or SAO/DAO
@cindex Write, TAO or SAO/DAO, -write_type
Set the write type for the next burn run. "auto" will select SAO with blank
CD media, DAO with blank DVD-R[W] if -close is "on", and elsewise CD TAO or the
equivalent write type of the particular DVD/BD media.
Choosing TAO or SAO/DAO explicitly might cause the burn run to fail if the
desired write type is not possible with the given media state.
@c man .TP
@item -padding number["k"|"m"]|"included"|"appended"
@kindex -padding   sets amount or mode of image padding
@cindex Write, padding image, -padding
Append the given number of extra bytes to the image stream.
This is a traditional remedy for a traditional bug in block
device read drivers. Needed only for CD recordings in TAO mode.
Since one can hardly predict on what media an image might end up,
@command{xorriso} adds the traditional 300k of padding by default to
all images.
@*
For images which will never get to a CD it is safe to use -padding 0 .
@*
Normally padding is not written as part of the ISO image but appended
after the image end. This is -padding mode "appended".
@*
Emulation command -as "mkisofs" and command -jigdo cause padding to be
written as part of the image.
The same effect is achieved by -padding mode "included".
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Bootable ISO images:
@node Bootable, Jigdo, SetWrite, Commands
@section Bootable ISO images
@c man .PP
Contrary to published specifications many BIOSes will load an El Torito
record from the first session on media and not from the last one, which
gets mounted by default. This makes no problems with overwritable media,
because they appear to inadverted readers as one single session.
@*
But with multi-session media CD-R[W], DVD-R[W], DVD+R, it implies that the
whole bootable system has to reside already in the first session and that
the last session still has to bear all files which the booted system expects
after mounting the ISO image.
@*
If a boot image from ISOLINUX or GRUB is known to be present on media then
it is advised to patch it
when a follow-up session gets written. But one should not rely on the
capability to influence the bootability of the existing sessions, unless one
can assume overwritable media.
@*
Normally the boot images are data files inside the ISO filesystem. By
special path "--interval:appended_partition_NNN:all::" it is possible to
refer to an appended partition. The number NNN gives the partition number 
as used with the corresponding command -append_partition.
E.g.:
@*
  -append_partition 2 0xef /tmp/efi.img
@* 
  -boot_image any efi_path=--interval:appended_partition_2:all::
@*
There are booting mechanisms which do not use an El Torito record but rather
start at the first bytes of the image: PC-BIOS MBR or EFI GPT for
hard-disk-like devices,
APM partition entries for Macs which expect HFS+ boot images,
MIPS Volume Header for old SGI computers,
DEC Boot Block for old MIPS DECstation,
SUN Disk Label for SPARC machines,
HP-PA boot sector for HP PA-RISC machines,
DEC Alpha SRM boot sector for old DEC Alpha machines.
@c man .PP
@sp 1
@cindex Interval reader for system area and partitions
Several of the following commands expect disk paths as input but also accept
description strings for the libisofs interval reader, which is able to cut
out data from disk files or -indev and to zeroize parts of the content:
command -append_partition,
boot specs system_area=, grub2_mbr=, prep_boot_part=, efi_boot_part=.
@*
The description string consists
of the following components, separated by colon ':'
@*
  "@minus{}@minus{}interval:"Flags":"Interval":"Zeroizers":"Source
@*
The component "@minus{}@minus{}interval" states that this is not
a plain disk path but rather an interval reader description string.
@* 
The component Flags modifies the further interpretation:
@*
"local_fs" demands to read from a file depicted by the path in Source.
@*
"imported_iso" demands to read from the -indev. This works only if -outdev
is not the same as -indev. The Source component is ignored.
@*
"appended_partition_NNN" with a decimal number NNN works only for -boot_image
bootspecs which announce El Torito boot image paths: bin_path=, efi_path=.
The number gives the partition number as used with the corresponding
command -append_partition.
@*
The component Interval consists of two byte address numbers separated  by a "-" character. E.g. "0-429" means to read bytes 0 to 429.
@*
The component Zeroizers consists of zero or more comma separated strings.
They define which part of the read data to zeroize. Byte number 0 means
the byte read from the Interval start address.
Each string may be one of:
@*
"zero_mbrpt" demands to zeroize the MBR partition table if
bytes 510 and 511 bear the MBR signature 0x55 0xaa.
@*
"zero_gpt" demands to check for a GPT header in bytes 512 to 1023,
to zeroize it and its partition table blocks.
@*
"zero_apm" demands to check for an APM block 0 and to zeroize
its partition table blocks.
@*
Start_byte"-"End_byte demands to zeroize the read-in bytes beginning
with number Start_byte and ending after End_byte.
@*
The component Source is the file path with flag "local_fs", and ignored with
flag "imported_iso".
@*
Byte numbers may be scaled by a suffix out of @{k,m,g,t,s,d@} meaning
multiplication by @{1024, 1024k, 1024m, 1024g, 2048, 512@}. A scaled value
end number depicts the last byte of the scaled range.
@*
E.g. "0d-0d" is "0-511".
@*
Examples:
@*
  "local_fs:0-32767:zero_mbrpt,zero_gpt,440-443:/tmp/template.iso"
@*
  "imported_iso:45056d-47103d::"
@*
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -boot_image "any"|"isolinux"|"grub"
@kindex -boot_image   controls bootability
@cindex Write, bootability, -boot_image
@cindex Bootability, control, -boot_image
@*
     "discard"|"keep"|"patch"|"replay"|"show_status"|
     bootspec|"next"
@*
@sp 1
Define the equipment of the emerging filesystem with boot entry points.
@*
With systems which boot via BIOS or EFI this is a set of El Torito
boot images, possibly MBR boot code, and possibly partition tables of
type MBR, GPT, or APM.
Such file sets get produced by boot loader systems like ISOLINUX or GRUB.
@*
@sp 1

Each -boot_image command has two parameters: type and setting. More than one
-boot_image command may be used to define the handling of one or more boot
images. Sequence matters.
@*
Types @strong{isolinux} and @strong{grub} care for known peculiarities.
Type @strong{any} makes
no assumptions about the origin of the boot images.
@*
@sp 1

When loading an ISO filesystem, system area and El Torito boot images get
loaded, too. The default behavior is not to write loaded El Torito boot images
and to write the loaded system area content without alterations.
@*
@strong{discard} gives up the El Torito boot catalog and its boot images.
regardless whether loaded from an ISO filesystem or defined by commands.
Any BIOS or EFI related boot options get revoked.
Nevertheless, loaded system area data and the possibly defined appended
partitions stay valid. If desired, they have to be erased by
@*
 -boot_image any system_area=/dev/zero 
@*
 -append_partition all revoke -
@*
@strong{keep} keeps or copies El Torito boot images unaltered and writes a new catalog.
@*
@strong{patch} applies patching to existing El Torito boot images
if they seem to bear a boot info table.
@*
A boot info table needs to be patched when the boot image gets newly
introduced into the ISO image or if an existing image gets relocated.
This is automatically done if type "isolinux" or "grub"
is given, but not with "any".
@*
If patching is enabled, then boot images from previous sessions will
be checked whether they seem to bear a boot info table. If not,
then they stay unpatched. This check is not infallible. So if
you do know that the images need no patching, use "any" "keep".
"grub" "patch" will not patch EFI images (platform_id=0xef).
@*
@strong{replay} is a more modern version of "patch", which not only cares
for existing El Torito boot equipment but also for the recognizable
boot provisions in the System Area. It discards any existing -boot_image
setting including the system area and executes the commands proposed by
command -report_el_torito "cmd".
@*
Special care has to be taken with manipulations of files in the emerging ISO
filesystem which are mentioned by -report_el_torito "cmd". Their paths are
memorized at ISO image load time.
In general -boot_image "any" "replay" should be applied after all file
manipulations are done. All file paths from the -report_el_torito commands
must then still lead to data files which are suitable for their respective
commands.
@*
The effects of file path changes after -boot_image "any" "replay" can be
surprising. E.g. removing or replacing a boot image with boot info table
for legacy BIOS leads to a hidden boot image with the content as it was at
"replay" time. Doing the same with a boot image for EFI leads to an error
at -commit time or to the new file content becomming the EFI boot image.
@*
Out of historical reasons @strong{replay} does not revoke all possibly made
-append_partition settings but only overwrites those for which the loaded
ISO image provides candidates.
@*
@strong{show_status} will print what is known about the loaded boot images
and their designated fate.
@*
Examples:
@*
Drop El Torito:
@*
 -boot_image any discard
@*
Drop El Torito, system area, appended partitions:
@*
 -boot_image any discard
@*
 -boot_image any system_area=/dev/zero
@*
 -append_partition all revoke -
@*
Maintain recognizable stuff after revoking possibly made -append_partition
settings to surely get only the partitions from the loaded ISO:
@*
 -append_partition all revoke -
@*
 -boot_image any replay
@*
Re-adjust El Torito only for GRUB:
@*
 -boot_image grub patch
@*
Re-adjust El Torito only for ISOLINUX:
@*
 -boot_image isolinux patch
@*
@sp 1

A @strong{bootspec} is a word of the form name=value. It is used to describe
the parameters of a boot feature.
The names "dir", "bin_path", "efi_path" lead to El Torito bootable images.
Name "system_area" activates a given file as MBR or other disk header.
@*
On all media types this is possible within the first session. In further
sessions an existing boot image can get replaced by a new one, but depending
on the media type this may have few effect at boot time. See above.
@*
El Torito boot images have to be added to the ISO image by
normal means (image loading, -map, -add, ...). In case of ISOLINUX the files
should reside either in ISO image directory /isolinux or in /boot/isolinux .
In that case it suffices to use as bootspec the text "@strong{dir=/isolinux}"
or "dir=/boot/isolinux". E.g.:
@*
 -boot_image isolinux dir=/boot/isolinux
@*
which bundles these individual settings:
@*
 -boot_image isolinux bin_path=/boot/isolinux/isolinux.bin
@*
 -boot_image isolinux cat_path=/boot/isolinux/boot.cat
@*
 -boot_image isolinux load_size=2048
@*
 -boot_image any boot_info_table=on
@*
An El Torito boot catalog file gets inserted into the ISO image with address
@strong{cat_path=} with the first -boot_image "any" "next" or at -commit time.
It is subject to normal -overwrite and -reassure processing if there is already
a file with the same name.
The catalog lists the boot images and is read by the boot facility to choose
one of the boot images. But it is not necessary that it appears in the
directory tree at all. One may hide it in all trees by @strong{cat_hidden=on}.
Other possible values are "iso_rr", "joliet", "hfsplus", and the default "off".
The timestamps of the boot catalog file are refreshed at commit time.
Command -volume_date "uuid" can be used to set their value.
@*
@strong{bin_path=} depicts an El Torito boot image file, a binary program
which is to be started by the hardware boot facility (e.g. the BIOS)
at boot time. Default platform_id is 0x00 = legacy 80x86 BIOS.
@*
@strong{efi_path=} depicts an El Torito boot image file that is ready for
EFI booting. This is normally a FAT filesystem image not larger than
65535 blocks of 512 bytes (= 32 MiB - 512).
Its load_size is determined automatically, no boot info table gets
written, no boot medium gets emulated, platform_id is 0xef.
@*
@strong{emul_type=} can be one of "no_emulation", "hard_disk", "diskette".
It controls the boot medium emulation code of a boot image.
The default "no_emulation" is suitable for ISOLINUX, GRUB, FreeBSD cdboot.
@*
@strong{load_size=} is a value which depends on the boot image.
Default for legacy BIOS is 2048 which matches the expectations of most BIOS
boot images. The special value "full" means the full size of the boot image
file rounded up to a multiple of 2048 bytes. Maximum is 33,552,384 bytes.
With EFI boot images the default is the full image size. Images which exceed
the maximum size get size 0 or 1, which means "up to the end of the device"
according to the UEFI specification.
@*
@strong{boot_info_table=on} causes address patching to bytes 8 to 63
of the boot image which is given by "any" "bin_path=".
"boot_info_table=off" disables this patching.
@*
@strong{grub2_boot_info=on} causes address patching to byte 2548
of the boot image which is given by "any" "bin_path=".
The address is written as 64 bit little-endian number. It is the
2KB block address of the boot image content, multiplied by 4,
and then incremented by 5.
"grub2_boot_info=off" disables this patching.
@*
@strong{platform_id=} defines by a hexadecimal or decimal number
the Platform ID of the boot image. "0x00" is 80x86 PC-BIOS, "0x01" is PowerPC,
"0x02" is Mac, "0xef" is EFI (decimal "239").
@*
@strong{id_string=}text|56_hexdigits defines the ID string of the boot catalog
section where the boot image will be listed. If the value consists of 56
characters [0-9A-Fa-f] then it is converted into 28 bytes, else the first
28 characters become the ID string.
The ID string of the first boot image becomes the overall catalog ID.
It is limited to 24 characters. Other id_strings become section IDs.
@*
@strong{sel_crit=}hexdigits defines the Selection Criteria of the boot image.
Up to 20 bytes get read from the given characters [0-9A-Fa-f].
They get attributed to the boot image entry in the catalog.
@*
@strong{next} ends the definition of a boot image and starts a new one.
Any following -bootimage bootspecs will affect the new image.
The first "next" discards loaded boot images and their catalog.
@*
@cindex System area, _definition
@cindex MBR, set, -boot_image system_area=
@strong{system_area=}disk_path copies at most 32768 bytes from the given
disk file to the very start of the ISO image.
This System Area is reserved for system dependent boot software, e.g. an MBR
which can be used to boot from USB stick or hard disk.
@*
Other than an El Torito boot image, the file disk_path needs not to be added
to the ISO image.
@*
In multi-session situations the existing System Area is preserved by default.
In in this case, the special disk_path "." prevents reading of
a disk file but nevertheless causes adjustments in the
loaded system area data. Such adjustments may get ordered by -boot_image
commands.
@*
Special "system_area=/dev/zero" causes 32k of 0-bytes.
Use this to e.g. discard partition tables which were loaded with the ISO image.
@*
This setting is the default with the write method of Modifying, when -indev
and -outdev are both used and not the same drive. If you indeed need to copy
the unchanged system area from -indev to -outdev, use
"system_area=--interval:imported_iso:0s-15s::" , which was the default in older
versions of xorriso.
@*
@strong{-boot_image isolinux system_area=} implies "partition_table=on".
In this case, the disk path should lead to one of the SYSLINUX files
isohdp[fp]x*.bin or to a file which was derived from one of those files.
E.g. to the first 512 bytes from an ISOLINUX isohybrid ISO image.
@*
El Torito boot images (dir=, bin_path=, efi_path=) may then be augmented by
@strong{isolinux partition_entry=gpt_basdat}
or @strong{isolinux partition_entry=gpt_hfsplus},
and by @strong{isolinux partition_entry=apm_hfsplus}.
The boot image will then be mentioned in an invalid GPT as Basic Data
or GPT HFS+ partition, and in a valid APM as HFS+ partition.
The first three GPT partitions will also be marked by MBR partitions. The
MBR partition of type 0xEF is what actually is used by EFI firmware for
booting from USB stick.
@*
@cindex GPT, control GUID, -boot_image gpt_disk_guid=
@strong{-boot_image any gpt_disk_guid=}value controls whether an emerging GPT
shall get a randomly generated disk GUID or whether the GUID is supplied by
the user.
Value "random" is default. Value "volume_date_uuid" produces a low quality
GUID from the value set by -volume_date "uuid".
@*
A string of 32 hex digits, or a RFC 4122 compliant GUID string may be used to
set the disk GUID directly. UEFI prescribes the first three components of
a RFC 4122 GUID string to be byte-swapped in the binary representation:
@*
E.g. gpt_disk_guid=2303cd2a-73c7-424a-a298-25632da7f446
equals gpt_disk_guid=2acd0323c7734a42a29825632da7f446
@*
The partition GUIDs get generated by minimally varying the disk GUID.
@*
@strong{-boot_image any part_like_isohybrid=on} enables
-boot_image isolinux partition_entry= even if no
-boot_image isolinux system_area= is given.
No MBR partition  of type 0xee emerges, even if GPT gets produced.
Gaps between GPT and APM partitions will not be filled by more partitions.
Appended partitions get mentioned in APM if other APM partitions emerge.
@*
@strong{-boot_image any iso_mbr_part_type=}number sets the partition type
of the MBR partition which represents the ISO or at least protects it.
@*
Number may be 0x00 to 0xff. The text "default" re-enables the default types
of the various occasions to create an ISO MBR partition.
This is without effect if no such partition emerges by other settings or
if the partition type is prescribed mandatorily like 0xee for GPT protective
MBR or 0x96 for CHRP.
@*
If instead a type_guid is given by a 32-digit hex string like
a2a0d0ebe5b9334487c068b6b72699c7 or by a structured text like
EBD0A0A2-B9E5-4433-87C0-68B6B72699C7, then it will be used as partition type
if the ISO filesystem appears as partition in GPT.
In MBR, C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B will be mapped to 0xef. 
Any other GUID will be mapped to 0x83.
@*
@strong{grub2_mbr=}disk_path works like "any" system_area= with additional
patching for modern GRUB MBRs. The content start address of the first boot
image is converted to a count of 512 byte blocks, and an offset of 4 is added.
The result is written as 64 bit little-endian number to byte address 0x1b0.
@*
This feature can be revoked either by grub2_mbr= with empty disk path,
or by submitting a disk_path via system_area=.
@*
@cindex Partition table, _definition
@strong{partition_table=on} causes a simple partition table to be written
into bytes 446 to 511 of the System Area.
@*
With type "isolinux" it shows a partition that begins at byte 0 and it causes
the LBA of the first boot image to be written into the MBR. For the first
session this works only if also "system_area=" and "bin_path=" or "dir="
is given.
@*
With types "any" and "grub" it shows a single
partition which starts at byte 512 and ends where the ISO image ends.
This works with or without system_area= or boot image.
@*
Bootspecs chrp_boot_part=, prep_boot_part=, and efi_boot_part= overwrite
this entry in the MBR partition table. 
@*
If types "isolinux" or "grub" are set to "patch", then "partition_table=on"
is activated without new boot image.
In this case the existing System Area gets checked whether it bears addresses
and sizes as if it had been processed by "partition_table=on". If so,
then those parameters get updated when the new System Area is written.
@*
@cindex Appended partition, in MBR or GPT
@strong{appended_part_as=gpt} marks partitions from -append_partition
in GPT rather than in MBR. In this case the MBR shows a single partition
of type 0xee which covers the whole output data.
The number of appendable partitions with GPT is 8 rather than 4 with MBR.
@*
@strong{appended_part_as=mbr} is the default. Appended partitions get
marked in GPT only if GPT is produced because of other settings.
If given explicitly, this clears setting "gpt" and "apm". Nevertheless "apm"
may be added to "mbr".
@*
@cindex Appended partition, in APM
@strong{appended_part_as=apm} marks partitions from -append_partition in APM
additionally to "mbr" or "gpt". The partition number in APM will not be
influenced by -append_partition parameter partition_number.
@*
By default, appended partitions get marked in APM only if APM is
produced because of other options together with part_like_isohybrid="on".
@*
The next two settings apply only if partitions get appended by command
-append_partition and if GPT emerges at all, e.g. by appended_part_as=gpt.
@*
@cindex Appended partition, gaps in GPT
@strong{appended_gpt_with_gaps=on} increases the chance to get in GPT the
partition numbers given with command -append_partition.
It may leave some parts of the resulting image unclaimed by partitions in
the emerging GPT. The ISO 9660 filesystem gets marked by a GPT partition
only if none of the appended partitions has partition number 1,
and if no other command causes a partition inside the emerging ISO 9660
filesystem, and if partition_offset=16.
@*
@strong{appended_gpt_with_gaps=off} causes the default behavior of inserting
gap filling partitions so that no part of the emerging image after block 16
is unclaimed by GPT partitions. This happens only if partitions get appended
and a valid GPT emerges, e.g. by appended_part_as=gpt.
Commands which produce isohybrid-style invalid GPT disable gap filling.
@*
@cindex CHRP partition, _definition
@strong{chrp_boot_part=on} causes a single partition in MBR which covers
the whole ISO image and has type 0x96. This is not compatible with any
other feature that produces MBR partition entries. It makes GPT unrecognizable.
@*
@cindex PReP partition, _definition
@strong{prep_boot_part=}disk_path inserts the content of a data file into
the image and
marks it by an MBR partition of type 0x41. The parts of the ISO image before
and after this partition will be covered by further MBR partitions.
The data file is supposed to contain ELF executable code.
@*
@cindex EFI system partition, _definition
@strong{efi_boot_part=}disk_path inserts the content of a data file into
the image and
marks it by a GPT partition. If not chrp_boot_part=on, then the first partition
in MBR will have type 0xee to announce the presence of GPT.
The data file is supposed to contain a FAT filesystem.
@*
Instead of a disk_path, the word @minus{}@minus{}efi-boot-image may be given.
It exposes in GPT the content of the first El Torito EFI boot image as
EFI system partition. EFI boot images are introduced by bootspec efi_path=.
The affected EFI boot image cannot show up in HFS+ because it is stored
outside the HFS+ partition.
@*
@cindex Partition offset, _definition
@strong{partition_offset=}2kb_block_adr causes a partition table with a single
partition that begins at the given block address. This is counted in 2048 byte
blocks, not in 512 byte blocks. If the block address is non-zero then it must
be at least 16. A non-zero partition offset causes two superblocks to be
generated and two sets of directory trees. The image is then mountable from its
absolute start as well as from the partition start.
@*
The offset value of an ISO image gets preserved when a new session is added.
So the value defined here is only in effect if a new ISO image gets written.
@*
@cindex Cylinder size, _definition
@strong{partition_hd_cyl=}number gives the number of heads per cylinder for
the partition table. 0 chooses a default value. Maximum is 255.
@*
@strong{partition_sec_hd=}number gives the number of sectors per head for
the partition table. 0 chooses a default value. Maximum is 63.
@*
The product partition_sec_hd * partition_hd_cyl * 512 is the cylinder size.
It should be divisible by 2048 in order to make exact alignment possible.
With appended partitions and "appended_part_as=gpt" there
is no limit for the number of cylinders. Else there may be at most 1024
of them.
If the cylinder size is too small to stay below the limit,
then appropriate values of partition_hd_cyl are chosen with
partition_sec_hd 32 or 63. If the image is larger than 8,422,686,720 bytes,
then the cylinder size constraints cannot be fulfilled for MBR.
@*
@cindex Cylinder alignment, _definition
@strong{partition_cyl_align=}mode controls image size alignment to an integer
number of cylinders. It is prescribed by isohybrid specs and it seems to
please program fdisk. Cylinder size must be divisible by 2048.
Images larger than 8,323,596,288 bytes cannot be aligned in MBR partition
table.
@*
Mode "auto" is default. Alignment by padding happens only with 
"isolinux" "partition_table=on".
@*
Mode "on" causes alignment by padding with "partition_table=on" for any type.
Mode "all" is like "on" but also pads up partitions from -append_partition
to an aligned size.
@*
Mode "off" disables alignment for any type.
@*
@cindex MBR bootable/active flag, enforce
@strong{mbr_force_bootable=}mode enforces an MBR partition with
"bootable/active" flag if options like partition_table= or grub2_mbr=
indicate production of a bootable MBR.
These options normally cause the flag to be set if there is an
MBR partition of type other than 0xee or 0xef.
If no such partition exists, then no bootflag is set, unless
mbr_force_bootable="on" forces creation of a dummy partition
of type 0x00 which covers only the first block of the ISO image.
@*
If no bootable MBR is indicated and a partition gets created by
-append_partition, then mbr_force_bootable="on" causes a bootflag like it
would do with a bootable MBR.
@*
@cindex GPT Legacy BIOS bootable flag, set for ISO
@strong{gpt_iso_bootable=}on causes bit 2 of the GPT partition flags to be
set for the ISO 9660 partition if such a GPT partition emerges. This bit is
specified as "Legacy BIOS bootable" but its true significance is unclear.
Some GPT-aware BIOS might want to see it in some partition. Mode "off"
revokes this setting.
@*
@cindex GPT read-only flag, do not set for ISO
@strong{gpt_iso_not_ro=}on causes bit 60 of the GPT partition flags to be not
set for the ISO 9660 partition if such a GPT partition emerges. This bit is
specified as "Read-only" and thus appropriate. But it is unusual in GPT disk
partitions. Mode "off" revokes this setting and causes the read-only bit to be
set.
@*
@cindex MIPS boot file, activation
@strong{mips_path=}iso_rr_path declares a data file in the image to be a
MIPS Big Endian boot file and causes production of a MIPS Big Endian Volume
Header. This is mutually exclusive with production of other boot blocks
like MBR.
It will overwrite the first 512 bytes of any data provided by system_area=.
Up to 15 boot files can be declared by mips_path=.
@*
@strong{mipsel_path=}iso_rr_path declares a data file in the image to be the
MIPS Little Endian boot file. This is mutually exclusive with other boot
blocks.
It will overwrite the first 512 bytes of any data provided by system_area=.
Only a single boot file can be declared by mipsel_path=.
@*
@cindex SUN Disk Label, production
@strong{sparc_label=}text causes the production of a SUN Disk Label with the
given text as ASCII label. Partitions 2 to 8 may be occupied by appended images.
Partition 1 will always be the ISO image. See command -append_partition.
The first 512 bytes of any data provided by system_area= will be overwritten.
@*
@strong{grub2_sparc_core=}iso_rr_path causes the content address and size
of the given file to be written after the SUN Disk Label. Both numbers are
counted in bytes. The address is written as 64 bit big-endian number to
byte 0x228. The size is written as 32 bit big-endian number to byte 0x230.
@*
@cindex HP-PA boot sector, production
@strong{hppa_cmdline=}text sets the PALO command line for HP-PA. Up to 1023
characters are permitted by default. With hppa_hdrversion=4 the limit is 127.
@*
Note that the first five hppa_ bootspecs are mandatory, if any of the
hppa_ bootspecs is used. Only hppa_hdrversion= is allowed to be missing.
@*
@strong{hppa_bootloader=}iso_rr_path designates the given path as HP-PA
bootloader file.
@*
@strong{hppa_kernel_32=}iso_rr_path designates the given path as HP-PA
32 bit kernel file.
@*
@strong{hppa_kernel_64=}iso_rr_path designates the given path as HP-PA
64 bit kernel file.
@*
@strong{hppa_ramdisk=}iso_rr_path designates the given path as HP-PA
RAM disk file.
@*
@strong{hppa_hdrversion=}number chooses between PALO header version 5 (default)
and version 4.
For the appropriate value see in PALO source code: PALOHDRVERSION.
@*
@cindex DEC Alpha SRM boot sector, production
@strong{alpha_boot=}iso_rr_path declares a data file in the image to be the
DEC Alpha SRM Secondary Bootstrap Loader and causes production of a boot sector
which points to it.
This is mutually exclusive with production of other boot blocks like MBR.
@*
@strong{mips_discard}, @strong{mipsel_discard}, @strong{sparc_discard},
@strong{hppa_discard}, @strong{alpha_discard}
revoke any boot file declarations made for mips/mipsel, sparc, hppa,
or alpha, respectively.
This removes the ban on production of other boot blocks.
@*
@cindex HFS+ serial number
@strong{hfsplus_serial=}hexstring sets a string of 16 digits "0" to "9"
and letters "a" to "f", which will be used as unique serial number of
an emerging HFS+ filesystem.
@*
@cindex HFS+ allocation block size
@strong{hfsplus_block_size=}number sets the allocation block size to
be used when producing HFS+ filesystems. Permissible are 512, 2048, or 0.
The latter lets the program decide.
@*
@cindex APM block size
@strong{apm_block_size=}number sets the block size to be used when
describing partitions by an Apple Partition Map. Permissible are 512, 2048,
or 0. The latter lets the program decide.
@*
Note that size 512 is not compatible with production of GPT, and that
size 2048 will not be mountable -t hfsplus at least by older Linux kernels.
@end table
@*
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -append_partition partition_number type_code disk_path
@kindex -append_partition   adds arbitrary file after image end
@cindex Appended Filesystem Image, -append_partition
Cause a prepared filesystem image to be appended to the ISO image and to be
described by a partition table entry in a boot block at the start of the
emerging ISO image. The partition entry will bear the size of the submitted
file rounded up to the next multiple of 2048 bytes or to the next multiple
of the cylinder size.
@*
Beware of subsequent multi-session runs. The appended partition will get
overwritten.
@*
Partitions may be appended with partition table types MBR, GPT, and
SUN Disk Label. Additionally to MBR and GPT it is possible to have them
marked in APM.
@*
@cindex Appended partitions, MBR
With @strong{MBR}:
@*
partition_number may be 1 to 4. Number 1 will put the whole ISO image into
the unclaimed space before partition 1. So together with most @command{xorriso}
MBR features, number 2 would be the most natural choice.
@*
The type_code may be "FAT12", "FAT16", "Linux",
or a hexadecimal number between 0x00 and 0xff. Not all those numbers will
yield usable results. For a list of MBR partition type codes search the
Internet for "Partition Types" or run fdisk command "L".
@*
type_code may also be a type GUID as plain hex string like
a2a0d0ebe5b9334487c068b6b72699c7 or as structured text like
EBD0A0A2-B9E5-4433-87C0-68B6B72699C7. It will be used if the partition is
mentioned in GPT. In MBR, C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B will be mapped
to 0xef. Any other GUID will be mapped to 0x83.
In APM, 48465300-0000-11AA-AA11-00306543ECAC will be mapped to partition
type "Apple_HFS", any other to "Data".
@*
If some other command causes the production of GPT, then the appended
partitions will be mentioned there too.
@*
@cindex Appended partitions, GPT
@strong{GPT} can be forced by
@*
 -boot_image "any" "appended_part_as=gpt"
@*
partition_number may be 1 to 8. But other than with MBR partitions it is not
guaranteed that the resulting GPT partition will have this number.
@*
More important than the desired partition number will be that the resulting
ISO filesystem is covered gaplessly with GPT table and its partitions and that
the partitions in the table are sorted by block address. If partition_number is
higher than the number of preceding partitions, then the appropriate number of
empty partition entries is inserted to achieve the desired partition_number.
If the number of preceding partitions is too high, then a NOTE message informs
about the inability to achieve partition_number and about the actually assigned
number.
@*
The chance to get the desired partition number is increased much by
command -boot_image "any" "appended_gpt_with_gaps=on".
@*
The type_code may be the same as described with MBR. Given GUIDs are used
unchanged. Given MBR partition types get translated. 0xef becomes
C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B, others become
EBD0A0A2-B9E5-4433-87C0-68B6B72699C7.
@*
@cindex SUN SPARC boot images, activation
@strong{SUN Disk Label} is chosen by -boot_image any sparc_label=.
@*
partition_number may be 2 to 8. Number 1 will always be the ISO image.
Partition start addresses are aligned to 320 KiB. The type_code does not
matter. Submit 0x0.
@*
disk_path "." causes the partition to become a copy of the next
lower valid one.
@*
With MBR, GPT, and SUN alike:
@*
The disk_path must provide the necessary data bytes at commit time.
@*
Issueing -append_partition with a partition number that was already used in
a previous -append_partition command does not cause an error but silently
overrides the previous setting.
@*
The pseudo type_code "revoke" or an empty disk_path prevent the partition from
being appended. The pseudo partition number "all" may be used in this case to
revoke all previous -append_partition settings.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Jigdo Template Extraction:
@node Jigdo, Charset, Bootable, Commands
@section Jigdo Template Extraction
@c man .PP
@cindex Jigdo Template Extraction, _definition
From man genisoimage:
"Jigdo is a tool to help in the distribution of large files like CD and
DVD images; see http://atterer.net/jigdo/ for more details. Debian CDs
and DVD ISO images are published on the web in jigdo format to allow
end users to download them more efficiently."
@*
@command{xorriso} can produce a .jigdo and a .template file together with a
single-session ISO image.
The .jigdo file contains checksums and symbolic file addresses.
The .template file contains the compressed ISO image with reference tags
instead of the content bytes of the listed files.
@*
Input for this process are the normal arguments for a @command{xorriso} session
on a blank -outdev, and a checksum file which lists those data files which may
be listed in the .jigdo file and externally referenced in the .template file.
Each designated file is represented in the checksum file by a single text line:
@*
Checksum as hex digits, 2 blanks, size as 12 decimal digits or blanks, 2 blanks,
symbolic file address
@*
The kind of checksum is chosen by -jigdo "checksum_algorithm" with values "md5"
(32 hex digits) or "sha256" (64 hex digits).
It will also be used for the file address lines in the .jigdo file.
The default is "md5".
@*
The file address in a checksum file line has to bear the same basename as the
disk_path of the file which it shall match. The directory path of
the file address is decisive for To=From mapping, not for file recognition.
After To=From mapping, the file address gets written into the .jigdo
file. Jigdo restore tools will convert these addresses into really
reachable data source addresses from which they can read.
@*
If the list of jigdo parameters is not empty, then @command{xorriso} will
refuse to
write to non-blank targets, it will disable multi-session emulation, and
padding will be counted as part of the ISO image.
@*
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -jigdo parameter_name value
@kindex -jigdo   clears JTE or or adds parameter to JTE
@cindex Jigdo Template Extraction, -jigdo
Clear Jigdo Template Extraction parameter list or add a parameter to that list.
The alias names are the corresponding genisoimage options. They are accepted
as parameter names as well. Especially they are recognized by the -as mkisofs
emulation command.
@*
Parameter @strong{clear} with any value empties the whole list.
No .jigdo and .template file will be produced.
@*
@strong{checksum_algorithm} chooses the checksum algorithm which shall be used
for the data file entries in the .jigdo file and is expected in the checksum
file. Permissible are "md5" or "sha256". Default is "md5".
@*
Alias: -jigdo-checksum-algorithm
@*
@strong{template_path} sets the disk_path for the .template file with the
holed and compressed ISO image copy.
@*
Alias: -jigdo-template
@*
@strong{jigdo_path} sets the disk_path for the .jigdo file with the checksums
and download addresses for filling the holes in .template.
@*
Alias: -jigdo-jigdo
@*
@strong{checksum_path} sets the disk_path where to find the checksum file with
symbolic file addresses and checksums according to @strong{checksum_algorithm}.
@*
Alias: md5_path
@*
Alias: -checksum-list
@*
Alias: -md5-list
@*
@strong{min_size} sets the minimum size for a data file to be listed
in the .jigdo file and being a hole in the .template file.
@*
Alias: -jigdo-min-file-size
@*
@strong{exclude} adds a regular expression pattern which will get compared
with the absolute disk_path of any data file. A match causes the file to
stay in .template in any case.
@*
Alias: -jigdo-exclude
@*
@strong{demand_checksum} adds a regular expression pattern which will get
compared with the absolute disk_path of any data file that was not found
in the checksum list file as of "checksum_path". A match causes a MISHAP event.
@*
Alias: demand_md5
@*
Alias: -jigdo-force-checksum
@*
Alias: -jigdo-force-md5
@*
@strong{mapping} adds a string pair of the form To=From to the parameter list.
If a data file gets listed in the .jigdo file, then it is referred by the
file address from its line in the checksum file. This file address gets checked
whether it begins with the From string. If so, then this string will be
replaced by the To string and a ':' character, before it goes into the .jigdo
file. The From string should end by a '/' character.
@*
Alias: -jigdo-map
@*
@strong{compression} chooses one of "bzip2" or "gzip" for the compression of
the template file. The jigdo file is put out uncompressed.
@*
Alias: -jigdo-template-compress
@*
@strong{checksum_iso} chooses one or more of "md5", "sha1", "sha256", "sha512"
for the auxiliary "# Image Hex" checksums in the jigdo file. The value may e.g.
look like "md5,sha1,sha512". Value "all" chooses all available algorithms.
Note that MD5 stays always enabled.
@*
Alias: -checksum_algorithm_iso
@*
@strong{checksum_template} is like checksum_iso but for "# Template Hex".
@*
Alias: -checksum_algorithm_template
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Character sets:
@node Charset, Exception, Jigdo, Commands
@section Character sets
@c man .PP
@cindex Character Set, _definition
File names are strings of non-zero bytes with 8 bit each. Unfortunately
the same byte string may appear as different peculiar national characters
on differently nationalized terminals.
The meanings of byte codes are defined in @strong{character sets} which have
names. Shell command iconv -l lists them. 
@*
@cindex Local Character Set, _definition
The file names on hard disk are assumed to be encoded by the
@strong{local character set} which is also used for the communication
with the user.
Byte codes 32 to 126 of the local character set must match the US-ASCII
characters of the same code. ISO-8859 and UTF-8 fulfill this demand.
@*
By default, @command{xorriso} uses the character set as told by
shell command "locale" with argument "charmap". This may be influenced
by environment variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, or LANG and should match the
expectations of the terminal.
In some situations it may be necessary to set it by command -local_charset.
@*
Local character sets should not matter as long as only english alphanumeric
characters are used for file names or as long as all writers and readers
of the media use the same local character set.
Outside these constraints it may be necessary to let @command{xorriso}
convert byte codes from and to other character sets.
@*
@cindex Input Character Set, _definition
The Rock Ridge file names in ISO filesystems are assumed to be
encoded by the @strong{input character set}.
@cindex Output Character Set, _definition
The Rock Ridge file names which get written with ISO filesystems will be
encoded by the @strong{output character set}.
@*
The sets can be defined independently by commands
-in_charset and -out_charset. Normally one will have both identical, if ever.
Other than the local character set, these two character sets may deviate
from US-ASCII.
@*
The output character sets for Joliet and HFS+ are not influenced by these
commands. Joliet uses output character set UCS-2 or UTF-16. HFS+ uses UTF-16.
@*
The default output charset is the local character set of the terminal where
@command{xorriso} runs. So by default no conversion happens between local
filesystem
names and emerging Rock Ridge names in the image. The situation stays
ambiguous and the reader has to riddle what character set was used.
@*
By command -auto_charset it is possible to attribute the output charset name
to the image. This makes the situation unambiguous. But if your terminal
character set does not match the character set of the local file names,
then this attribute can become plainly wrong and cause problems at read time.
To prevent this it is necessary to check whether the terminal properly
displays all intended filenames. Check especially the exotic national
characters.
@*
To enforce recording of a particular character set name without any conversion
at image generation time, set -charset and -local_charset to the desired name,
and enable -backslash_codes to avoid evil character display on your terminal.
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -charset character_set_name
@kindex -charset   sets input/output character set
@cindex Character Set, for input/output, -charset
Set the character set from which to convert file names when loading an
image and to which to convert when writing an image.
@c man .TP
@item -local_charset character_set_name
@kindex -local_charset   sets terminal character set
@cindex Character Set, of terminal, -local_charset
Override the system assumption of the local character set name.
If this appears necessary, one should consider to set -backslash_codes to
"on" in order to avoid dangerous binary codes being sent to the terminal.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Exception processing:
@node Exception, DialogCtl, Charset, Commands
@section Exception processing
@c man .PP
Since the tasks of @command{xorriso} are manifold and prone to external
influence, there
may arise the need for @command{xorriso} to report and handle problem events.
@*
Those events get classified when they are detected by one of the software
modules and forwarded to reporting and evaluation modules which decide about
reactions. Event classes are sorted by severity:
@*
"NEVER" The upper end of the severity spectrum.
@*
"ABORT" The program is being aborted and on its way to end.
@*
"FATAL" The main purpose of the run failed
or an important resource failed unexpectedly.
@*
"FAILURE" An important part of the job could not be performed.
@*
"MISHAP" A FAILURE which can be tolerated during ISO image generation.
@*
"SORRY" A less important part of the job could not be performed.
@*
"WARNING" A situation is suspicious of being not intended by the user.
@*
"HINT" A proposal to the user how to achieve better results.
@*
"NOTE" A harmless information about noteworthy circumstances.
@*
"UPDATE" A pacifier message during long running operations.
@*
"DEBUG" A message which would only interest the program developers.
@*
"ERRFILE" A filename for the -errfile_log if it is enabled.
@*
"ALL" The lower end of the severity spectrum.
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -abort_on severity
@kindex -abort_on   controls abort on error
@cindex Process, control abort on error, -abort_on
Set the severity threshold for events to abort the program.
@*
Useful: "NEVER", "ABORT", "FATAL", "FAILURE" , "MISHAP", "SORRY"
@*
It may become necessary to abort the program anyway, despite
the setting by this command. Expect not many "ABORT" events to
be ignorable.
@*
A special property of this command is that it works preemptive if given as
program start argument. I.e. the first -abort_on setting among the
start arguments is in effect already when the first operations of
@command{xorriso} begin. Only "-abort_on" with dash "-" is recognized that way.
@c man .TP
@item -return_with severity exit_value
@kindex -return_with   controls exit value
@cindex Process, control exit value, -return_with
Set the threshold and exit_value to be returned at program end if no abort
has happened. This is to allow @command{xorriso} to go on after problems
but to get a failure indicating exit value from the program, nevertheless.
Useful is a value lower than the -abort_on threshold, down to "WARNING".
@*
exit_value may be either 0 (indicating success to the starter of the program)
or a number between 32 and 63. Some other exit_values are used by
@command{xorriso} if it decides to abort the program run:
@*
1=abort due to external signal
@*
2=no program arguments given
@*
3=creation of @command{xorriso} main object failed
@*
4=failure to start libburnia-project.org libraries
@*
5=program abort during argument processing
@*
6=program abort during dialog processing
@c man .TP
@item -report_about severity
@kindex -report_about   controls verbosity
@cindex Process, control verbosity, -report_about
Set the threshold for events to be reported.
@*
Useful:  "SORRY", "WARNING", "HINT", "NOTE", "UPDATE", "DEBUG", "ALL"
@*
Regardless what is set by -report_about, messages get always reported if they
reach the severity threshold of -abort_on .
@*
Event messages are sent to the info channel "I" which is usually stderr
but may be influenced by command -pkt_output.
Info messages which belong to no event get attributed severity "NOTE".
@*
A special property of this command is that the first -report_about setting
among the start arguments is in effect already when the first operations
of @command{xorriso} begin. Only "-report_about" with dash "-" is
recognized that way.
@c man .TP
@item -signal_handling mode
@kindex -signal_handling   controls handling of system signals
@cindex Control, signal handling, -signal_handling
Control the installation of a signal handler which shall react on external
signals (e.g. from program "kill" or from keys Ctrl+C) or on signals
caused by severe program errors.
@*
Mode "on" is the default. It uses the signal handler of libburn which produces
ugly messages but puts much effort in releasing optical drives
before @command{xorriso} ends.
@*
Mode "off" as first -signal_handling among the start arguments prevents all
own signal precautions of @command{xorriso}. Inherited signal
handler settings stay as they are.
@*
It works like "sig_dfl" if given after other signal handling was already
established at program start.
@*
Mode "sig_dfl" uses the system provided default handling of signals, which is
normally a sudden abort of the program. To prevent stuck drives, the
libburn handler is used during burning, blanking, and formatting on MMC drives.
@*
Mode "sig_ign" tries to ignore as many signal types as possible. This imposes
the risk that @command{xorriso} refuses to end until externally kill -9
if performed.
kill -9 then imposes the risk that the drive is left in unusable state and
needs poweroff to be reset. So during burning, blanking, and formatting
wait for at least their normal run time before killing externally.
@*
A special property of this command is that the first -signal_handling setting
among the start arguments is in effect already when the first operations
of @command{xorriso} begin. Only "-signal_handling" with dash "-" is
recognized that way.
@c man .TP
@item -error_behavior occasion behavior
@kindex -error_behavior   controls error workarounds
@cindex Process, error workarounds, -error_behavior
Control the program behavior at problem event occasions.
For now this applies to occasions "image_loading" which is given while
an image tree is read from the input device, and to "file_extraction" which
is given with osirrox commands like -extract.
@*
With "image_loading" there are three behaviors available:
@*
"best_effort" goes on with reading after events with severity below FAILURE
if the threshold of command -abort_on allows this.
@*
"failure" aborts image tree reading on first event of at least SORRY.
It issues an own FAILURE event.
This is the default.
@*
"fatal" acts like "failure" but issues the own event as FATAL.
@*
With occasion "file_extraction" there are three behaviors:
@*
"keep" maintains incompletely extracted files on disk. This is the default.
@*
"delete" removes files which encountered errors during content extraction.
@*
"best_effort" starts a revovery attempt by means of -extract_cut if the
file content stems from the loaded ISO image and is not filtered.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Dialog mode control:
@node DialogCtl, Inquiry, Exception, Commands
@section Dialog mode control
@table @asis
@c man .TP
@item -dialog "on"|"off"|"single_line"
@kindex -dialog   enables dialog mode
@cindex Dialog, enable dialog mode, -dialog
Enable or disable to enter dialog mode after all program arguments are
processed.
In dialog mode input lines get prompted via readline or from stdin.
@*
If no -abort_on severity was set when dialog starts, then "NEVER" is set
to avoid abort in most cases of wrong input or other problems. Before dialog
begins, the default is "FAILURE" which e.g. aborts on unknown commands.
@*
Mode "on" supports input of newline characters within quotation marks and
line continuation by trailing backslash outside quotation marks.
Mode "single_line" does not.
@c man .TP
@item -page length width
@kindex -page   set terminal geometry
@cindex Dialog, terminal geometry, -page
Describe terminal to the text pager. See also above, paragraph Result pager.
@*
If parameter length is nonzero then the user gets prompted after that
number of terminal lines. Zero length disables paging.
@*
Parameter width is the number of characters per terminal line. It is used
to compute the number of terminal lines which get occupied by an output line.
A usual terminal width is 80.
@c man .TP
@item -use_readline "on"|"off"
@kindex -use_readline   enables readline for dialog
@cindex Dialog, line editing, -use_readline
If "on" then use readline for dialog. Else use plain stdin.
@*
See also above, paragraph Dialog, Readline, Result pager.
@c man .TP
@item -reassure "on"|"tree"|"off"
@kindex -reassure   enables confirmation question
@cindex Dialog, confirmation question, -reassure
If "on" then ask the user for "y" or "n":
@*
before deleting or overwriting any file in the ISO image,
@*
before overwriting any disk file during restore operations,
@*
before rolling back pending image changes,
@*
before committing image changes to media,
@*
before changing the input drive,
@*
before blanking or formatting media,
@*
before ending the program.
@*
With setting "tree" the reassuring prompt will appear for an eventual
directory only once and not for each file in its whole subtree.
@*
Setting "off" silently kills any kind of image file object and performs
above irrevocable actions.
@*
To really produce user prompts, command -dialog needs to be set to "on".
Note that the prompt does not appear in situations where file removal
is forbidden by command -overwrite. -reassure only imposes an additional
curb for removing existing file objects.
@*
Be aware that file objects get deleted from the ISO image immediately
after confirmation. They are gone even if the running command gets aborted 
and its desired effect gets revoked. In case of severe mess-up, consider to
use -rollback to revoke the whole session.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Drive and media related inquiry actions:
@node Inquiry, Navigate, DialogCtl, Commands
@section Drive and media related inquiry actions
@table @asis
@c man .TP
@item -devices
@kindex -devices   gets list of drives
@cindex Drive, get drive list, -devices
Show list of available MMC drives with the addresses of
their libburn standard device files.
@*
This is only possible when no ISO image changes are pending.
After this command was executed, there is no drive current
and no image loaded.
@*
In order to be visible, a device has to offer rw-permissions
with its libburn standard device file. Thus it might be only the
@strong{superuser}
who is able to see all drives.
@*
Drives which are occupied by other processes get not shown.
@c man .TP
@item -device_links
@kindex -device_links   gets list of drives
@cindex Drive, get drive list, -device_links
Like -devices, but presenting the drives with addresses of symbolic links
which point to the actual device files.
@*
Modern GNU/Linux systems may shuffle drive addresses from boot to boot.
The udev daemon is supposed to create links which always point to the
same drive, regardless of its system address.
The command -device_links shows the addresses of such links if they begin
by "/dev/dvd" or "/dev/cd".
Precedence is: "dvdrw", "cdrw", "dvd", "cdrom", "cd".
@c man .TP
@item -toc
@*
@kindex -toc   shows list of sessions
@cindex Table-of-content, show, -toc
Show media specific tables of content. This is the session history
of the medium, not the ISO image directory tree.
@*
In case of overwritable media holding a valid ISO image, it may happen that
only a single session gets shown. But if the first session on the
overwritable media was written by @command{xorriso} then a complete
session history can be emulated.
@*
A drive which is incapable of writing may show any media as CD-ROM or DVD-ROM
with only one or two sessions on it. The last of these sessions is supposed
to be the most recent real session then.
@*
Some read-only drives and media show no usable session history at all.
Command -rom_toc_scan might help.
@*
If input device and output device are both acquired and not the same,
then both tables-of-content get shown.
@c man .TP
@item -toc_of "in"|"out"|"all"[":short"]
@kindex -toc_of   shows list of sessions
@cindex Table-of-content, show parts of, -toc_of
Like command -toc but explicitly choosing which drive's table-of-content
to show. "in" shows -indev or -dev, "out" shows -outdev or -dev,
"all" shows the same as -toc.
@*
If ":short" is appended to the drive choosing word, then only a short
summary of drive state and medium content is printed.
@*
As further difference to -toc, this command does not emit FAILURE events
if the desired drive is not acquired.
@c man .TP
@item -toc_info_type typetext
@kindex -toc_info_type   shows list of sessions
@cindex Table-of-content, choose info to show, -toc_info_type
Choose which information to show in the rightmost column of -toc and -toc_of.
@*
Type "volid" is the default. It shows the Volume Ids of the listed ISO
sessions.
@*
Type "creation_time" or "ctime" chooses the Creation Times. 
@*
Type "modification_time" or "mtime" chooses the Modification Times.
@*
Appending "_gmt" to a time type text causes the time information
to be shown in ECMA-119 format YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc in timezone GMT. Else it is
shown as timestamps YYYY.MM.DD.hhmmss in the local timezone of the system.
@c man .TP
@item -assess_indev_features "plain"|"cmd"|"as_mkisofs"|"replay"
@kindex -assess_indev_features   shows filesystem features
@cindex Filesytem features, show, -assess_indev_features
Inspect the filesystem on -indev for the presence of Rock Ridge, Joliet, or
Enhanced Volume Descriptor (aka ISO 9660:1999) as of ECMA-119 4th Edition,
and for traces of other write options which seem to have been
used when the filesystem was created.
@*
Note that this command does not detect and report a possibly present HFS+ tree.
@*
Mode "cmd" lists xorriso commands which would activate the detected settings.
@*
Mode "as_mkisofs" lists options of the -as mkisofs emulation, which would
activate those of the detected settings which are not default.
@*
Mode "replay" performs the commands which get listed by mode "cmd".
@*
Mode "plain" lists after a "Indev feature: " header name-value pairs as
delivered by libisofs function iso_read_image_feature_named(). See libisofs.h.
The other modes derive their output from this list. I.e. the sequence of
commands from "cmd" follows the sequence of "plain".
@*
Not leading to "cmd" lines are:
@*
"size=" tells the number of 2048 byte blocks of the filesystem.
@*
"eltorito=1" tells that El Torito boot equipment was detected.
@*
"tree_loaded=" tells which tree was loaded by -indev:
@*
  0 = ISO 9660 , 1 = Joliet ,
  2 = Enhanced Volume Descriptor (aka ISO 9660:1999) as of ECMA-119 4th Edition
@*
"tree_loaded_text=" tells the same by name: "ISO9660", "Joliet", "ISO9660:1999"
@*
"rr_loaded=1" tells that Rock Ridge information was loaded with the tree.
@*
"aaip=1" tells that AAIP information was detected (ACL, xattr, MD5, ...).
@*
"relaxed_vol_atts=1" tells that the volume attributes like -volid or
-preparer_id bear characters outside the restricted character sets which are
specified for them by ECMA-119.
@*
"rrip_1_10_px_ino=1" tells that with Rock Ridge 1.10 a PX entry was found which
looks like from Rock Ridge 1.12.
@c man .TP
@item -mount_cmd drive entity id path
@kindex -mount_cmd   composes mount command line
@cindex Session, mount command line, -mount_cmd
Emit an appropriate command line for mounting the ISO session
indicated by drive, entity and id.
The result will be different on GNU/Linux and on FreeBSD or NetBSD.
@*
drive can be "indev" or "outdev" to indicate already acquired drives,
or it can be the path of a not yet acquired drive.
Prefix "stdio:" for non-MMC drives is not mandatory.
@*
See command @command{-load} for the meaning of entity and id.
@*
Entities are: "auto", "session", "track", "lba", "sbsector", "volid",
"at_time", "before", "not_after", "after", and "not_before".
@*
Each is to be used with its appropriate kind of id string: "auto",
session number, track number, block number, search expression for volume id,
or time string.
@*
path will be used as mount point and must already exist as a directory on disk.
@*
The command gets printed to the result channel. See command -mount
for direct execution of this command.
@c man .TP
@item -mount_opts option[:option...]
@kindex -mount_cmd   controls mount command
@cindex Session, mount parameters, -mount_opts
Set options which influence -mount and -mount_cmd. Currently there is only
option "exclusive" which is default and its counterpart "shared". The latter
causes @command{xorriso} not to give up the affected drive with command -mount.
On GNU/Linux it adds mount option "loop" which may enable mounting of several
sessions of the same block device at the same time. One should not write
to a mounted optical medium, of course. Take care to umount all sessions
before ejecting.
@c man .TP
@item -session_string drive entity id format
@kindex -session_string   composes session info line
@cindex Session, info string, -session_string
Print to the result channel a text which gets composed according to
format and the parameters of the addressed session.
@*
Formats "linux:"path or "freebsd:"path produce the output of -mount_cmd
for the given operating systems.
@*
In other texts @command{xorriso} will substitute the following parameter names.
An optional prefix "string:" will be removed. 
@*
"%device%" will be substituted by the mountable device path of the drive
address.
@*
"%sbsector%" will be substituted by the session start sector.
@*
"%track%", "%session%", "%volid%" will be substituted by track number,
session number, or volume id of the depicted session.
@c man .TP
@item -print_size
@kindex -print_size   predicts image size
@cindex Write, predict image size, -print_size
Print the foreseeable consumption of 2048 byte blocks
by next -commit. This can last a while as a -commit gets
prepared and only in last moment is revoked by this command.
The result depends on several settings and also on the kind of output device.
If no -jigdo options are set and not command -as "mkisofs" was used,
then -padding (300 kB by default) is not counted as part of the image size.
@*
If an El Torito boot image file is already depicted, then command -print_size
automatically executes -boot_image "any" "next".
This means that the properties of that boot image cannot be edited by
subsequent commands.
@c man .TP
@item -tell_media_space
@kindex -tell_media_space   reports free space
@cindex Write, free space, -tell_media_space
Print available space on the output medium and the free space after
subtracting already foreseeable consumption by next -commit.
@*
Note that the title of the prediction "After commit :" is misleading.
It is rather the space that may still be filled in this session without
making the next -commit fail from medium overflow.
@*
The free space after the next -commit might be smaller by several MB.
This depends on medium type, number of recorded sessions, and drive habits.
@c man .TP
@item -pvd_info 
@kindex -pvd_info   shows image id strings
@cindex Image, show id strings, -pvd_info
Print various ID strings and timestamps which can be found in loaded ISO
images. Some of the IDs may be changed by commands like -volid or -publisher.
For these IDs -pvd_info reports what would be written with the next -commit.
@*
The timestamps get shown in ECMA-119 format YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc and timezone GMT.
They do not get automatically propagated from loaded image to newly written
image. The ones for new images may be set by command -volume_date.
See there for the meaning of the particular timestamps.
@c man .TP
@item -report_el_torito mode
@kindex -report_el_torito  shows Boot Catalog
@cindex Image, show Boot Catalog
@*
With mode @strong{plain} print a report about the information found
in the El Torito boot catalog of the loaded ISO image.
@*
With mode @strong{help} print a text which explains the meaning of the
lines put out by "plain".
@*
Mode @strong{cmd} tries to print the @strong{xorriso} commands which are
necessary to produce the found boot equipment: disk identifiers,
El Torito boot images, and System Area. Disk identifiers are strings
which the booting operating system might use to find the ISO filesystem
from where it comes. Currently known is the use of volume id and
modification date.
@*
The intended use case is modification of the filesystem by having -indev
and -outdev pointing to different images or drives.
The result might be insufficient, if the found equipment cannot be
produced by xorriso. Various SORRY events may arise in this case, but
it is not guaranteed that xorriso recognizes all its insufficiencies.
@*
Mode @strong{as_mkisofs} tries to print the @strong{xorriso -as mkisofs}
options, which are necessary to produce the found equipment.
The intended use case is to use the mounted filesystem as input tree
together with the printed options.
@*
If CHRP equipment is detected, then modes @strong{cmd} and @strong{as_mkisofs}
issue some of the relaxation commands or options which get detected by
command @strong{-assess_indev_features}. This happens because CHRP firmware
reads file paths from file /ppc/bootinfo.txt and tries to find them
case-insensitively in the ECMA-119 tree without using Rock Ridge. If such a
path has actually forbidden properties, like the name "powerpc-ieee1275", then
the relaxations are needed to bring it unmangled into the ECMA-119 tree.
@*
It is important to keep in mind that the file paths shown in the report lines
and commands were registered directly after image loading. Possible filesystem
manipulations which later remove these paths or replace their file content will
not influence the report lines or commands.
@c man .TP
@item -report_system_area mode
@kindex -report_system_area  shows MBR, GPT, and alike
@cindex Image, show MBR, GPT, and alike, -pvd_info
With mode @strong{plain} print a report about the information found in
the System Area of the loaded ISO image. The report consists of zero to
many lines with a header text, a colon, and information text.
@*
With mode @strong{help} print a text which explains the meaning of the
lines put out by "plain". You probably will have to look
for more documentation which explains the technical details of the
mentioned boot facilities.
@*
Modes @strong{cmd} and @strong{as_mkisofs} work like with
command -report_el_torito. See above.
@*
It is important to keep in mind that the file paths shown in the report lines
and commands were registered directly after image loading. Possible filesystem
manipulations which later remove these paths or replace their file content will
not influence the report lines or commands.
@*
With mode @strong{gpt_disk_guid} print the GPT disk GUID of the loaded ISO
in RFC 4122 text format to result channel. It is not considered an error if
no GPT is present. In this case nothing is printed to result channel.
@*
With mode @strong{gpt_crc_of:}disk_path read up to 32 KiB from the disk
file with the path given after the colon. Compute the GPT compliant CRC number
and print it to the result channel. The number is shown like "0x690fd979".
The special disk_path "-" causes reading from standard input.
@*
With mode @strong{make_guid} print a pseudo-random GUID in RFC 4122 text format
to result channel.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Navigation in ISO image and disk filesystem:
@node Navigate, Verify, Inquiry, Commands
@section Navigation in ISO image and disk filesystem
@table @asis
@c man .TP
@item -cd iso_rr_path
@kindex -cd   sets working directory in ISO
@cindex Navigate, set ISO working directory, -cd
Change the current working directory in the ISO image.
This is prepended to iso_rr_paths which do not begin with '/'.
@*
It is possible to set the working directory to a path which does not exist
yet in the ISO image. The necessary parent directories will be created when
the first file object is inserted into that virtual directory.
Use -mkdir if you want to enforce the existence of the directory already at
first insertion.
@c man .TP
@item -cdx disk_path
@kindex -cdx   sets working directory on disk
@cindex Navigate, set disk working directory, -cdx
Change the current working directory in the local filesystem.
To be prepended to disk_paths which do not begin with '/'.
@c man .TP
@item -pwd
@*
@kindex -pwd   tells working directory in ISO
@cindex Navigate, tell ISO working directory, -pwd
Tell the current working directory in the ISO image.
@c man .TP
@item -pwdx
@kindex -pwdx   tells working directory on disk
@cindex Navigate, tell disk working directory, -pwdx
@*
Tell the current working directory in the local filesystem.
@c man .TP
@item -ls iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -ls   lists files in ISO image
@cindex Navigate, list ISO files, -ls
List files in the ISO image which match shell patterns
(i.e. with wildcards '*' '?' '[a-z]').
If a pattern does not begin with '/' then it is compared with addresses
relative to -cd.
@*
Directories are listed by their content rather than as single file item.
@*
Pattern expansion may be disabled by command -iso_rr_pattern.
@c man .TP
@item -lsd iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -lsd   lists files in ISO image
@cindex Navigate, list ISO files, -lsd
Like -ls but listing directories as themselves and not by their content.
This resembles shell command ls -d.
@c man .TP
@item -lsl iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -lsl   lists files in ISO image
@cindex Navigate, list ISO files, -lsl
Like -ls but also list some of the file attributes. 
The output format resembles shell command ls -ln.
@*
File type 'e' indicates the El Torito boot catalog.
@*
If the file has non-trivial ACL, then a '+' is appended to the permission info.
If the file is hidden, then 'I' for "iso_rr", 'J' for "joliet", 'A'
for "hfsplus", 'H' for multiple hiding gets appended.
Together with ACL it is 'i', 'j', 'a', 'h'.
@c man .TP
@item -lsdl iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -lsdl   lists files in ISO image
@cindex Navigate, list ISO files, -lsdl
Like -lsd but also list some of the file attributes. 
The output format resembles shell command ls -dln.
@c man .TP
@item -lsx disk_pattern [***]
@kindex -lsx   lists files on disk
@cindex Navigate, list disk files, -lsx
List files in the local filesystem which match shell patterns. Patterns which
do not begin with '/' are used relative to -cdx.
@*
Directories are listed by their content rather than as single file item.
@*
Pattern expansion may be disabled by command -disk_pattern.
@c man .TP
@item -lsdx disk_pattern [***]
@kindex -lsdx   lists files on disk
@cindex Navigate, list disk files, -lsdx
Like -lsx but listing directories as themselves and not by their content.
This resembles shell command ls -d.
@c man .TP
@item -lslx disk_pattern [***]
@kindex -lslx   lists files on disk
@cindex Navigate, list disk files, -lslx
Like -lsx but also listing some of the file attributes.
Output format resembles shell command ls -ln.
@c man .TP
@item -lsdlx disk_pattern [***]
@kindex -lsdlx   lists files on disk
@cindex Navigate, list disk files, -lsdlx
Like -lsdx but also listing some of the file attributes.
Output format resembles shell command ls -dln.
@c man .TP
@item -getfacl iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -getfacl   shows ACL in ISO image
@cindex ACL, show in ISO image, -getfacl
Print the access permissions of the given files in the ISO image using the
format of shell command getfacl. If a file has no ACL then it gets fabricated
from the -chmod settings. A file may have a real ACL if it was introduced into
the ISO image while command -acl was set to "on".
@c man .TP
@item -getfacl_r iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -getfacl_r   shows ACL in ISO image
@cindex ACL, show in ISO image, -getfacl_r
Like -gefacl but listing recursively the whole file trees underneath eventual
directories.
@c man .TP
@item -getfattr iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -getfattr   shows xattr in ISO image
@cindex xattr, show in ISO image, -getfattr
Print the xattr of the given files in the ISO image.
If a file has no such xattr then noting is printed for it.
The choice of namespaces
depends on the setting of command -xattr: "on" or "user" restricts it to
namespace "user", "any" only omits namespace "isofs".
@c man .TP
@item -getfattr_r iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -getfattr_r   shows xattr in ISO image
@cindex xattr, show in ISO image, -getfattr_r
Like -gefattr but listing recursively the whole file trees underneath of
directories.
@c man .TP
@item -lsattr iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -lsattr   shows Linux file attributes in ISO image
@cindex Linux file attributes, show in ISO image, -lsattr
Print the Linux file attributes of the given files like program lsattr(1)
would do with disk files. The meaning of the shown flag letters are described
in man 1 chattr with the exception of '-', which is shown as placeholder for
an unset flag.
@*
The given files will get a line printed even if they have no Linux file
attributes attached. In this case all flags will be shown as '-'.
@c man .TP
@item -lsattrd iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -lsattrd   shows Linux directory attributes in ISO image
@cindex Linux directory attributes, show in ISO image, -lsattrd
Like -lsattr but listing the directory attributes if the iso_rr_path leads to
a directory, rather than the attributes of the files in the directory.
@c man .TP
@item -get_projid iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -get_projid   shows XFS-style project ids in ISO image
@cindex XFS-style project ids, show in ISO image, -get_projid
Print the XFS-style project ids of the given file objects. On disk this
information can be inspected by programs lsattr(1) or xfs_quota(8).
@c man .TP
@item -get_projid_r iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -get_projid_r   shows XFS-style project ids in ISO image
@cindex XFS-style project ids, show in ISO image, -get_projid_r
Like -get_projid but listing recursively the whole file trees underneath of
directories.
@c man .TP
@item -du iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -du   show directory size in ISO image
@cindex Navigate, directory size in ISO image, -du
Recursively list size of directories and files in the ISO image
which match one of the patterns.
similar to shell command du -k.
@c man .TP
@item -dus iso_rr_pattern [***]
@kindex -dus   show directory size in ISO image
@cindex Navigate, directory size in ISO image, -dus
List size of directories and files in the ISO image 
which match one of the patterns.
Similar to shell command du -sk.
@c man .TP
@item -dux disk_pattern [***]
@kindex -dux   show directory size on disk
@cindex Navigate, directory size in on disk, -dux
Recursively list size of directories and files in the local filesystem
which match one of the patterns. Similar to shell command du -k.
@c man .TP
@item -dusx disk_pattern [***]
@kindex -dusx   show directory size on disk
@cindex Navigate, directory size in on disk, -dusx
List size of directories and files in the local filesystem
which match one of the patterns.
Similar to shell command du -sk.
@c man .TP
@item -findx disk_path [test [op] [test ...]] [-exec action [params]] @minus{}@minus{}
@kindex -findx   traverses disk tree
@cindex Tree, disk, traverse, -findx
Like -find but operating on local filesystem and not on the ISO image.
The -findx command is subject to the settings of -follow.
@*
-findx accepts the same tests as -find, but only the following ones work
like described with -find:
@*
  -bad_outname, -decision, -disk_name, -disk_path, -has_acl,
  -has_any_xattr, -has_lfa_flags, -has_some_lfa_flags_of,
  -has_projid, -has_xattr, -lba_range, -maxdepth, -mindepth,
  -name, -or_use_pattern, -prune, -size, -true, -type,
  -use_pattern, -wholename
@*
The others get defaulted to -false, because they are not applicable to disk
files.
@*
Test -type accepts the same parameters as with -find. Additionally it
recognizes type "mountpoint" (or "m") which matches subdirectories which reside
on a different device than their parent. This type never matches the disk_path
given as start address for -findx.
@*
Test -lba_range matches only if its parameter start_lba is 0.
@*
Tests -has_lfa_flags and -has_some_lfa_flags_of ignore non-settable file
attribute flags if -lfa_flags is set to on:import_only_settable.
@*
-findx accepts the -exec actions as does -find. But except the following few
actions it will always perform action "echo".
@*
@table @asis
@sp 1
@item in_iso
reports the path if its counterpart exists in the ISO image.
For this the disk_path of the -findx command gets replaced
by the iso_rr_path given as parameter.
@*
E.g.: -findx /home/thomas -exec in_iso /thomas_on_cd @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@item not_in_iso
reports the path if its counterpart does
not exist in the ISO image. The report format is the same as with command
-compare.
@*
@item add_missing iso_rr_path_start
adds the counterpart if it does not yet
exist in the ISO image and marks it for "rm_merge" as non-removable. 
@*
E.g.: -findx /home/thomas -exec add_missing /thomas_on_cd @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@item is_full_in_iso
reports if the counterpart in the ISO image
contains files. To be used with -type "m" to report mount points.
@*
@item empty_iso_dir
deletes all files from the counterpart
in the ISO image. To be used with -type "m" to truncate mount points.
@*
@item print_outname
prints in the first line the filename as found on disk,
and in the second line the filename after conversion forth and back between
local character set and one of the namespaces "rockridge", "joliet", "ecma119",
or "hfsplus". The third output line is "--" .
@*
The name conversion does not take into respect the possibility of name
collisions in the target namespace. Such collisions are most likely in "joliet"
and "ecma119", where they get resolved by automatic file name changes.
@*
@item estimate_size
prints a lower and an upper estimation of the number of blocks which the
found files together will occupy in the emerging ISO image.
This does not account for the superblock,
for the directories in the -findx path, or for image padding.
@*
@item getfacl
prints access permissions in ACL text form to the result channel.
@*
@item getfattr
prints xattr name-value pairs to the result channel.
The choice of namespaces depends on the setting of command -xattr:
"off", "on", or "user" restricts it to the namespace "user", "any" causes all
namespaces to be shown.
@*
@item get_any_xattr
prints xattr name-value pairs to the result channel. All namespaces are shown
regardless of the setting of command -xattr.
@*
@item list_extattr mode
prints a script to the result channel, which would use FreeBSD command
setextattr to set the file's xattr name-value pairs of user namespace.
See -find for a description of parameter mode.
@*
E.g. -exec list_extattr e --
@*
@item lsattrd
prints to the result channel the Linux file attribute flags like
command -lsattrd does.
This shows non-settable flags, too, even if they are to be ignored by the
setting of command -lfa_flags.
@*
@item get_projid
prints the XFS-style project id number to the result channel.
@end table
@*
@item get_projid_minmax
prints at the end of the -findx run the minimal and the maximal XFS-style
project id numbers among the files which were matched by the find tests.
@c man .TP
@item -compare disk_path iso_rr_path
@kindex -compare   reports ISO/disk differences
@cindex Verify, compare ISO and disk file, -compare
Compare attributes and eventual data file content of a fileobject in the
local filesystem with a file object in the ISO image. The iso_rr_path may
well point to an image file object which is not yet committed, i.e. of which
the data content still resides in the local filesystem. Such data content is
prone to externally caused changes.
@*
If iso_rr_path is empty then disk_path is used as path in the ISO image too.
@*
Differing attributes are reported in detail, differing content is summarized.
Both to the result channel. In case of no differences no result lines are
emitted.
@c man .TP
@item -compare_r disk_path iso_rr_path
@kindex -compare_r   reports ISO/disk differences
@cindex Verify, compare ISO and disk tree, -compare_r
Like -compare but working recursively. I.e. all file objects below both
addresses get compared whether they have counterparts below the other address
and whether both counterparts match.
@c man .TP
@item -compare_l disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
@kindex -compare_l   reports ISO/disk differences
@cindex Verify, compare ISO and disk, -compare_l
Perform -compare_r with each of the disk_path parameters. iso_rr_path will be
composed from disk_path by replacing disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
@c man .TP
@item -show_stream iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -show_stream   shows data source and filters
@cindex Filter, show chain, -show_stream
Display the content stream chain of data files in the ISO image. The chain
consists of the iso_rr_name and one or more streams, separated by " < " marks.
A stream description consists of one or more texts, separated by ":"
characters.
The first text tells the stream type, the following ones, if ever, describe its
individual properties.
Frequently used types are:
@*
 disk:'disk_path'  for local filesystem objects.
@*
 image:'iso_rr_path'  for ISO image file objects.
@*
 cout:'disk_path offset count'  for -cut_out files.
@*
 extf:'filter_name' for external filters.
@*
 --zisofs:algorithm:block_size  for zisofs compression filters.
@*
 --zisofs-decode:algorithm:block_size  for zisofs uncompression filters.
@*
 --gzip for internal gzip compression filters.
@*
 --gunzip for internal gzip uncompression filters.
@*
Example:
@*
 '/abc/xyz.gz' < extf:'gzip' < disk:'/home/me/x'
@c man .TP
@item -show_stream_r iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -show_stream_r   shows data source and filters
@cindex Filter, show chains of tree, -show_stream_r
Like -show_stream but working recursively.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Evaluation of readability and recovery:
@node Verify, Restore, Navigate, Commands
@section Evaluation of readability and recovery
@c man .PP
It is not uncommon that optical media produce read errors. The reasons may be
various and get obscured by error correction which is performed by the drives
and based on extra data on the media. If a drive returns data then one can
quite trust that they are valid. But at some degree of read problems the
correction will fail and the drive is supposed to indicate error.
@*
@command{xorriso} can scan a medium for readable data blocks, classify them
according
to their read speed, save them to a file, and keep track of successfully saved
blocks for further tries on the same medium.
@*
By command -md5 checksums may get recorded with data files and whole
sessions. These checksums are reachable only via indev and a loaded image.
They work independently of the media type and can detect transmission errors.
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -check_media [option [option ...]] @minus{}@minus{}
@kindex -check_media   reads media block by block
@cindex Verify, check blocks, -check_media
@cindex Recovery, retrieve blocks, -check_media
Try to read data blocks from the indev drive, optionally copy them to a
disk file, and finally report about the encountered quality. Several options
may be used to modify the default behavior.
@*
The parameters given with this command override the default settings which
may have been changed by command -check_media_defaults. See there for a
description of available options.
@*
The result list tells intervals of 2 KiB blocks with start address, number
of blocks and quality. Qualities which begin with "+" are
supposed to be valid readable data. Qualities with "-" are unreadable or
corrupted data.
"0" indicates qualities which are not covered by the check run or are regularly
allowed to be unreadable (e.g. gaps between tracks).
@*
Alternatively it is possible to report damaged files rather than blocks.
@*
If -md5 is "on" then the default mode what=tracks looks out for libisofs
checksum tags for the ISO session data and checks them
against the checksums computed from the data stream.
@c man .TP
@item -check_media_defaults [option [option ...]] @minus{}@minus{}
@kindex -check_media_defaults   sets -check_media options
@cindex Verify, preset -check_media, -check_media_defaults
Preset options for runs of -check_media, -extract_cut and best_effort
file extraction. Options given with -check_media will override the
preset options. -extract_cut will override some options automatically.
@*
An option consists of a keyword, a "=" character, and a value. Options
may override each other. So their sequence matters.
@*
The default setting at program start is:
@*
use=indev what=tracks min_lba=-1 max_lba=-1 retry=default
@*
time_limit=28800 item_limit=100000 data_to='' event=ALL
@*
abort_file=/var/opt/xorriso/do_abort_check_media
@*
sector_map='' map_with_volid=off patch_lba0=off report=blocks
@*
bad_limit=invalid slow_limit=1.0 chunk_size=0s async_chunks=0
@*
Option "reset=now" restores these startup defaults.
@*
Non-default options are:
@*
@table @asis
@sp 1
@item report="files"
lists the files which use damaged blocks (not with use=outdev).
The format is like with find -exec report_damage.
Note that a MD5 session mismatch marks all files of the session as damaged.
If finer distinction is desired, perform -md5 off before -check_media.
@*
@item report="blocks_files"
first lists damaged blocks and then affected files.
@*
@item use="outdev"
reads from the output drive instead of the input drive. This
avoids loading the ISO image tree from media.
@*
@item use="sector_map"
does not read any media but loads the file given by option
sector_map= and processes this virtual outcome.
@*
@item what="disc"
scans the payload range of a medium without respecting track gaps.
@*
@item what="image"
similar to "disc", but restricts scanning to the range of the ISO 9660 image,
if present.
@*
@item min_lba=limit
omits all blocks with addresses lower than limit.
@*
@item max_lba=limit
switches to what=disc and omits all blocks above limit.
@*
@item chunk_size=size
sets the number of bytes to be read in one low-level read operation.
This gets rounded down to full blocks of 2048 bytes. 0 means automatic size.
@*
@item retry="on"
forces read retries with minimal senseful chunk size when the normal read
chunk produces a read error. This size is 1s with CD and stdio files,
16s with DVD (1 ECC Block), and 32s with BD (1 Cluster).
By default, retries are only enabled with CD media. "retry=off" forbits retries for all media types. 
@*
@item abort_file=disk_path
gives the path of the file which may abort a scan run. Abort
happens if the file exists and its mtime is not older than the start time
of the run. Use shell command "touch" to trigger this.
Other than an aborted program run, this will report the tested and untested
blocks and go on with running @command{xorriso}.
@*
@item time_limit=seconds
gives the number of seconds after which the scan shall be
aborted. This is useful for unattended scanning of media which may else
overwork the drive in its effort to squeeze out some readable blocks.
Abort may be delayed by the drive gnawing on the last single read operation.
Value -1 means unlimited time.
@*
@item item_limit=number
gives the number of report list items after which to abort.
Value -1 means unlimited item number.
@*
@item data_to=disk_path
copies the valid blocks to the given file, which must support random access
writing, unless disk_path is "-" which means standard output.
@*
In the latter case, patch_lba0= settings other than "off" yield failure.
Further the usual result messages of -check_media get redirected to the info
channel. But beware of result messages from other commands. Beware of -*dev "-"
which redirect standard output to standard error. Keep the run simple:
@*
  xorriso -indev /dev/sr0 -check_media data_to=- -- | md5sum
@*
  xorriso -outdev /dev/sr0 -check_media data_to=- use=outdev \
          what=disc min_lba=0 max_lba=999999 -- | sha256sum
@*
@item event=severity
sets the given severity for a problem event which shall be issued at
the end of a check run if data blocks were unreadable or failed to match
recorded MD5 checksums. Severity "ALL" disables this event.
@*
@item sector_map=disk_path
tries to read the file given by disk_path as
sector bitmap and to store such a map file after the scan run.
The bitmap tells which blocks have been read successfully in previous runs.
It is the persistent memory for several scans on the same medium, even with
intermediate eject, in order to collect readable blocks whenever the drive
is lucky enough to produce them. The stored file contains a human readable
TOC of tracks and their start block addresses, followed by binary bitmap data.
@*
By default, untested blocks are not considered bad, but rather as intentionally
unread. If you expect time_limit= or item_limit= to abort the run, then
consider to use bad_limit="untested".
@*
@item map_with_volid="on"
examines tracks whether they are ISO images and
prints their volume IDs into the human readable TOC of sector_map=.
@*
@item patch_lba0="on"
transfers within the data_to= file a copy of the currently
loaded session head to the start of that file and patches it to be valid
at that position.
This makes the loaded session the last valid session of the image file
when it gets mounted or loaded as stdio: drive. New sessions will be appended
after this last session and will overwrite any sessions which have followed it.
@*
@item patch_lba0="force"
performs patch_lba0="on" even if @command{xorriso} believes
that the copied data are not valid.
@*
patch_lba0= may also bear a number. If it is 32 or higher it is taken as
start address of the session to be copied. In this case it is not necessary to
have an -indev and a loaded image. ":force" may be appended after the number.
@*
@item bad_limit=threshold
sets the highest quality which shall be considered as damage.
Choose one of "good", "md5_match", "slow", "partial", "valid", "untested",
"md5_mismatch", "invalid", "tao_end", "off_track", "unreadable".
@*
"valid" and "invalid" are qualities imported from a sector_map file.
"tao_end" and "off_track" are intentionally not readable, but not bad either.
"partial" are blocks retrieved from a partially readable chunk. They are
supposed to be ok but stem from a suspicious neighborhood.
@*
"md5_match" and "md5_mismatch" regions overlap with regions of other quality.
The former is a strong confirmation for quality, the latter only tells that
one or more blocks of the region must be wrong.
@*
By default bad_limit is set higher than md5_mismatch, so that mismatches are
classified as quality class "0" rather than "-". This means that the sectors
of a MD5 mismatch range are recorded in the sector_map as successfully read,
if the drive handed them out at all. Set "bad_limit=md5_mismatch" to let the
sector_map record the whole mismatching range as yet not retrieved.
@*
@item slow_limit=threshold
sets the time threshold for a single read chunk to be considered
slow. This may be a fractional number like 0.1 or 1.5.
@*
@item async_chunks=number
enables asynchronous MD5 processing if number is 2 or larger.
In this case the given number of read chunks is allocated as fifo buffer.
On very fast MMC drives try: chunk_size=64s async_chunks=16.
@end table
@c man .TP
@kindex -check_md5   verifies file checksum
@cindex Verify, file checksum, -check_md5
@item -check_md5 severity iso_rr_path [***]
Compare the data content of the given files in the loaded image with their
recorded MD5 checksums, if there are any. In case of any mismatch an event of
the given severity is issued. It may then be handled by appropriate settings of
commands -abort_on or -return_with which both can cause non-zero exit values
of the program run. Severity ALL suppresses that event.
@*
This command reports match and mismatch of data files to the result channel.
Non-data files cause NOTE events. There will also be UPDATE events from
data reading.
@*
If no iso_rr_path is given then the whole loaded session is compared with its
MD5 sum. Be aware that this covers only one session and not the whole image
if there are older sessions.
@c man .TP
@item -check_md5_r severity iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -check_md5_r   verifies file tree checksums
@cindex Verify, file tree checksums, -check_md5_r
Like -check_md5 but checking all data files underneath the given paths.
Only mismatching data files will be reported.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B osirrox ISO-to-disk restore commands:
@node Restore, Emulation, Verify, Commands
@section osirrox ISO-to-disk restore commands
@c man .PP
Normally @command{xorriso} only writes to disk files which were given as stdio:
pseudo-drives or as log files.
But its alter ego osirrox is able to extract file objects
from ISO images and to create, overwrite, or delete file objects on disk.
@*
Disk file exclusions by -not_mgt, -not_leaf, -not_paths apply.
The exclusion tests are made with the paths and names for the disk files.
If exclusion of paths or names in the ISO image is desired, then use image
manipulation commands like -rm or -find ... -exec rm before extraction,
and end the program by -rollback_end .
@*
Excluded disk_path parameters of extraction commands cause SORRY events.
Implicitly given paths in trees under disk_path parameters are excluded
silently.
@*
If disk file objects already exist then the settings of -overwrite and
-reassure apply. But -overwrite "on" only triggers the behavior
of -overwrite "nondir". I.e. directories cannot be deleted.
@*
Access permissions of files in the ISO image do not restrict restoring.
The directory permissions on disk have to allow rwx.
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -osirrox setting[:option:...]
@kindex -osirrox   enables ISO-to-disk copying
@cindex Restore, enable ISO-to-disk, -osirrox
Setting @strong{off} disables disk filesystem manipulations. This is the default
unless the program was started with leafname @strong{osirrox}. Elsewise the
capability to restore files can be enabled explicitly by -osirrox @strong{on}.
It can be irrevocably disabled by -osirrox @strong{banned}.
@*
The setting @strong{blocked} is like @strong{off}. But it can only be revoked
by setting @strong{unblock}, which elsewise is like @strong{on}. This can be
used to curb command scripts which might use @strong{on} undesiredly.
@*
To enable restoring of special files by @strong{device_files} is potentially
dangerous.
The meaning of the number st_rdev (see man 2 stat) depends much on the
operating system. Best is to restore device files only to the same system
from where they were copied. If not enabled, device files in the ISO image
are ignored during restore operations.
@*
Due to a bug of previous versions, device files from previous sessions might
have been altered to major=0, minor=1. So this combination does not get
restored.
@*
Option @strong{concat_split_on} is default. It enables restoring of split file
directories as data files if the directory contains a complete collection
of -cut_out part files. With option @strong{concat_split_off} such directories
are handled like any other ISO image directory.
@*
Option @strong{auto_chmod_off} is default. If @strong{auto_chmod_on} is set
then access restrictions for disk directories get circumvented if those
directories are owned by the effective user who runs @command{xorriso}.
This happens by temporarily granting rwx permission to the owner.
@*
Option @strong{sort_lba_on} may improve read performance with optical drives.
It can restore large numbers of hard links without exhausting
-temp_mem_limit. It does not preserve directory mtime and it needs
-osirrox option auto_chmod_on in order to extract directories which offer no
write permission. Default is @strong{sort_lba_off}.
@*
Option @strong{o_excl_on} is the default unless the program was started with
leafname "osirrox". On GNU/Linux it tries to avoid using drives which are
mounted or in use by other libburn programs.
Option @strong{o_excl_off} on GNU/Linux enables access to such drives by the
equivalent of -drive_access "shared:readonly". I.e. drives which
get acquired while @strong{o_excl_off} will refuse to get blanked, formatted, 
written, or ejected. But be aware that even harmless inquiries can spoil
ongoing burns of CD-R[W] and DVD-R[W].
@*
Option @strong{strict_acl_off} is default. It tolerates on FreeBSD the presence
of directory "default" ACLs in the ISO image.
With @strong{strict_acl_on} these GNU/Linux ACLs cause on FreeBSD a FAILURE
event during restore with -acl "on".
@*
Option @strong{check_md5_off} disables MD5 checking during copy to disk.
The default option @strong{check_md5_on} enables it if -md5 is "on". If a data
file with recorded MD5 is copied as a whole to the disk filesystem, then the
MD5 of the copied content gets computed and compared with the recorded MD5.
A mismatch causes an error message of severity SORRY.
Option @strong{check_md5_force} causes an error message if  -md5 is "on"
but no MD5 is recorded for the data file. 
@*
Option @strong{sparse=} controls production of sparse files during
extraction of files from the ISO filesystem.
Default is @strong{sparse=off}.
@*
A positive number like in @strong{sparse=1m} sets the minimum requirement
for the length of a sequence of 0-bytes which shall be represented by a gap.
This saves disk space if the disk filesystem supports sparse files.
A gap gets created by help of lseek(2) if a sequence of read buffers, which
contain only 0-bytes, bears at least the minimum amount of bytes. Expect
read buffers to be in the size range of 32k or 64k.
@*
Command -paste_in creates gaps only if the writing begins at or after the end
of the existing disk file. So the sequence of -paste_in commands matters.
Command -concat does not create sparse files.
@c man .TP
@item -extract iso_rr_path disk_path
@kindex -extract   copies file tree to disk
@cindex Restore, copy file tree to disk, -extract
Copy the file objects at and underneath iso_rr_path to their corresponding
addresses at and underneath disk_path.
This is the inverse of -map or -update_r.
@*
If iso_rr_path is a directory and disk_path is an existing directory then
both trees will be merged. Directory attributes get extracted only if the disk
directory is newly created by the copy operation.
Disk files get removed only if they are to be replaced
by file objects from the ISO image.
@*
As many attributes as possible are copied together with restored
file objects.
@c man .TP
@item -extract_single iso_rr_path disk_path
@kindex -extract_single   copies file to disk
@cindex Restore, copy file to disk, -extract_single
Like -extract, but if iso_rr_path is a directory then its sub tree gets not
restored.
@c man .TP
@item -extract_l iso_rr_prefix disk_prefix iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -extract_l   copies files to disk
@cindex Restore, copy files to disk, -extract_l
Perform -extract with each of the iso_rr_path parameters. disk_path will be
composed from iso_rr_path by replacing iso_rr_prefix by disk_prefix.
@c man .TP
@item -extract_cut iso_rr_path byte_offset byte_count disk_path
@kindex -extract_cut   copies file piece to disk
@cindex Restore, copy file piece to disk, -extract_cut
Copy a byte interval from a data file out of an ISO image into a newly created
disk file.
The main purpose for this is to offer a way of handling large files if they
are not supported by mount -t iso9660 or if the target disk filesystem cannot
store large files.
@*
If the data bytes of iso_rr_path are stored in the loaded ISO image,
and no filter is applied,
and byte_offset is a multiple of 2048, then a special run of -check_media
is performed. It may be quicker and more rugged than the general reading
method.
@c man .TP
@item -cpx iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
@kindex -cpx   copies files to disk
@cindex Restore, copy files to disk, -cpx
Copy single leaf file objects from the ISO image to the address given by
disk_path. If more then one iso_rr_path is given then
disk_path must be a directory or non-existent. In the latter case it gets
created and the extracted files get installed in it with the same leafnames.
@*
Missing directory components in disk_path will get created, if possible.
@*
Directories are allowed as iso_rr_path only with -osirrox "concat_split_on"
and only if they actually represent a complete collection of -cut_out split
file parts.
@c man .TP
@item -cpax iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
@kindex -cpax   copies files to disk
@cindex Restore, copy files to disk, -cpax
Like -cpx but restoring mtime, atime as in ISO image and trying to set
ownership and group as in ISO image.
@c man .TP
@item -cp_rx iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
@kindex -cp_rx   copies file trees to disk
@cindex Restore, copy file trees to disk, -cp_rx
Like -cpx but also extracting whole directory trees from the ISO image.
@*
The resulting disk paths are determined as with shell command cp -r :
If disk_path is an existing directory then the trees will be inserted or merged
underneath this directory and will keep their leaf names. The ISO directory "/"
has no leaf name and thus gets mapped directly to disk_path.
@c man .TP
@item -cp_rax iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
@kindex -cp_rx   copies file trees to disk
@cindex Restore, copy file trees to disk, -cp_rx
Like -cp_rx but restoring mtime, atime as in ISO image and trying to set
ownership and group as in ISO image.
@c man .TP
@item -paste_in iso_rr_path disk_path byte_offset byte_count
@kindex -paste_in   copies file into disk file
@cindex Restore, copy file into disk file, -paste_in
Read the content of a ISO data file and write it into a data file or device
file on disk beginning at the byte_offset. Write at most byte_count bytes.
The file depicted by disk_path has to support random write access.
@*
This is the inverse of command -cut_out.
@c man .TP
@item -concat mode [target | lim prog [args [...]] lim] iso_rr_path [***]
@kindex -concat   copies ISO file content
@cindex File content, copy, -concat
Copy the data content of one or more data files of the ISO image into a
disk file object, into a file descriptor, or start a program and copy the
data into its standard input.
The latter is subject to the security restrictions for external filters.
@*
Modes @strong{overwrite} and @strong{append} write into the target which is
given by the second parameter. This may be the path to a disk file object,
or "-" which means standard output, or a text of the form /dev/fd/number,
where number is an open file descriptor (e.g. standard error is /dev/fd/2).
An existing target file is not removed before writing begins. If it is not
able to take content data, then this command fails.
Mode overwrite truncates regular data files to 0 size before writing into them.
Example:
@*
@sp 1
 -concat append /home/me/accumulated_text /my/iso/text --
@*
@sp 1

Mode @strong{pipe} expects as second parameter a delimiter word which shall
mark the end of the program argument list. The third argument is the disk_path
to the program. It must contain at least one '/'. $PATH is not applied.
Further parameters up to the announced delimiter
word are used as arguments with the program start. Example:
@*
@sp 1
 -iso_rr_pattern on \
@*
 -concat pipe + /usr/bin/wc + "/my/iso/files*" --
@*
@sp 1

The further parameters in all modes are the iso_rr_paths of data files.
Their content gets concatenated in the copy.
@c man .TP
@item -extract_boot_images disk_path
@kindex -extract_boot_images   copies boot equipment to disk
@cindex Restore, copy boot equipment to disk, -extract_boot_images
Copy boot equipment to disk, which is not necessarily represented as data files
in the ISO filesystem. The data get written into various files in a disk
directory, which may already exist or of which the parent must exist so that
it can get created.
@*
Files may be missing if their corresponding information is
not present in the ISO filesystem. Existing files do not get overwritten but
rather cause a failure event.
@*
The same data may appear in different files. E.g. the El Torito boot image for
EFI is often the same data as the EFI partition in MBR or GPT.
@*
File "eltorito_catalog.img" contains the El Torito Boot Catalog.
@*
Files "eltorito_img*_*.img" contain El Torito Boot images. The first "*" gives
the image number, the second "*" gives the type: "bios", "mac", "ppc", "uefi",
or a hex number.
@*
File "mbr_code_isohybrid.img" contains the ISOLINUX MBR template.
@*
File "mbr_code_grub2.img" contains the GRUB2 MBR template.
@*
File "systemarea.img" contains the whole 32 KiB of System Area if not all zero.
@*
Files "mbr_part*_efi.img" contain EFI partition images from the MBR partition
table. The "*" text part gives the partition number.
@*
Files "mbr_part*_prep.img" contain PReP partition images.
@*
Files "gpt_part*_efi.img" contain EFI partition images from GPT.
@*
Files "gpt_part*_hfsplus.img" contain HFS+ partition images from GPT.
To avoid extracting the whole HFS+ aspect of hybrid ISO filesystems, the
partition image is extracted only if it has less than half of the size of
the ISO filesystem or if the partition is outside the ISO filesystem.
@c man .TP
@item -mount drive entity id path
@kindex -mount   issues mount command for ISO session
@cindex Session, issue mount command, -mount
Produce the same line as -mount_cmd and then execute it as external program run
after giving up the depicted drive. See also -mount_opts.
This demands -osirrox to be enabled and normally will succeed only for the
superuser. For safety reasons the mount program is only executed if it is 
reachable as /bin/mount or /sbin/mount.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Command compatibility emulations:
@node Emulation, Scripting, Restore, Commands
@section Command compatibility emulations (cdrtools)
@c man .PP
Writing of ISO 9660 on CD is traditionally done by program mkisofs
as ISO 9660 image producer and cdrecord as burn program.
@command{xorriso} does not strive for their comprehensive emulation.
Nevertheless it is ready to perform some of its core tasks under control
of commands which in said programs trigger comparable actions.
@table @asis
@sp 1
@c man .TP
@item -as personality option [options] @minus{}@minus{}
@kindex -as   emulates mkisofs or cdrecord
@cindex Emulation, -as
@*
Perform the variable length option list as sparse emulation of the program
depicted by the personality word.
@*
@sp 1

@cindex Emulation, mkisofs, -as
@cindex mkisofs, Emulation
Personality "@strong{mkisofs}" accepts the options listed with:
@*
  -as mkisofs -help @minus{}@minus{}
@*
Among them: -R (always on), -r, -J, -o, -M, -C, -dir-mode, -file-mode,
-path-list, -m, -exclude-list,
-f, -print-size, -pad, -no-pad, -V, -v, -version, -graft-points, -z,
-no-emul-boot, -b, -c, -boot-info-table, -boot-load-size, -input-charset, -G,
-output-charset, -U, -hide, -hide-joliet, -hide-list, -hide-joliet-list,
file paths and pathspecs.
A lot of options are not supported and lead to failure of the mkisofs
emulation. Some are ignored, but better do not rely on this tolerance.
@*
The supported options are documented in detail in xorrisofs.info
and in man xorrisofs. The description here is focused on the effect
of mkisofs emulation in the context of a @command{xorriso} run.
@*
Other than with the "cdrecord" personality there is no automatic -commit at
the end of a "mkisofs" option list. Verbosity settings -v (= "UPDATE") and
-quiet (= "SORRY") persist. The output file
persists until things happen like -commit, -rollback, -dev, or end of
@command{xorriso}.
@*
Options which affect all file objects in the ISO image, like -r or -dir-mode,
will be applied only to files which are present in the ISO image when
the command -as ends. If you use several -as mkisofs commands in the same
run, then consider to put such options into the last -as command.
@*
If files are added to the image, then -pacifier gets set to "mkisofs" and 
-stdio_sync is defaulted to "off" if no such setting was made yet.
@*
-graft-points is equivalent to -pathspecs on. Note that pathspecs without "="
are interpreted differently than with @command{xorriso} command -add.
Directories get
merged with the root directory of the ISO image, other filetypes get mapped
into that root directory.
@*
If pathspecs are given and if no output file was chosen before or during the
"mkisofs" option list, then standard output (-outdev "-") will get into effect.
If -o points to a regular file, then it will be truncated to 0 bytes
when finally writing begins. This truncation does not happen if the drive
is chosen by @command{xorriso} commands before -as mkisofs or after its
list delimiter. Directories and symbolic links are no valid -o targets.
@*
Writing to stdout is possible only if -as "mkisofs" was among the start
arguments or if other start arguments pointed the output drive to
standard output.
@*
-print-size inhibits automatic image production at program end. This ban is
lifted only if the pending image changes get discarded.
@*
Padding is counted as part of the ISO image if not option --emul-toc
is given.
@*
If no -iso-level is given, then level 1 is chosen when the first file or
directory is added to the image. At the same occasion directory names get
allowed to violate the standard by -compliance option allow_dir_id_ext.
This may be avoided by option -disallow_dir_id_ext.
@*
Option -root is supported. Option -old-root is implemented by @command{xorriso}
commands -mkdir, -cp_clone, -find update_merge, and -find rm_merge.
-root and -old-root set command -disk_dev_ino to "ino_only" and -md5 to "on",
by default.
@minus{}disk_dev_ino can be set to "off" by @minus{}@minus{}old-root-no-ino
or to "on" by @minus{}@minus{}old-root-devno .
@minus{}md5 can be set to "off" by @minus{}@minus{}old-root-no-md5 .
@*
Not original mkisofs options are @minus{}@minus{}quoted_path_list ,
@minus{}@minus{}hardlinks , @minus{}@minus{}acl ,
@minus{}@minus{}xattr , @minus{}@minus{}md5 , @minus{}@minus{}stdio_sync .
They work like the @command{xorriso} commands with the
same name and hardcoded parameter "on", e.g. -acl "on".
Explicit parameters are expected by @minus{}@minus{}stdio_sync
and @minus{}@minus{}scdbackup_tag.
@*
The capability to preserve multi-session history on overwritable media
gets disabled by default. It can be enabled by using @minus{}@minus{}emul-toc
with the first session. See -compliance no_emul_toc.
@*
@minus{}@minus{}sort-weight gets as parameters a number and an iso_rr_path.
The number becomes the LBA sorting weight of regular file iso_rr_path or
of all regular files underneath directory iso_rr_path.
(See -find -exec sort_weight).
@*
Adopted from grub-mkisofs are @minus{}@minus{}protective-msdos-label 
(see -boot_image grub partition_table=on) and 
@minus{}@minus{}modification-date=YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc
(see -volume_date uuid). For EFI bootable GRUB boot images use
@minus{}@minus{}efi-boot.
It performs @minus{}boot_image grub efi_path= surrounded by two
@minus{}boot_image "any" "next". 
Alternative option @minus{}e from Fedora genisoimage sets bin_path and
platform_id for EFI, but performs no "next". 
@*
For MBR bootable ISOLINUX images there is -isohybrid-mbr FILE, where
FILE is one of the Syslinux files mbr/isohdp[fp]x*.bin . Use this
instead of -G to apply the effect of -boot_image isolinux partition_table=on.
@*
@minus{}@minus{}boot-catalog-hide is -boot_image any cat_hidden=on.
@*
@minus{}mips-boot is the same as -boot_image any mips_path= .
@*
@minus{}mipsel-boot leads to mipsel_path= .
@*
@minus{}partition_offset number is
@minus{}boot_image any partition_offset=number.
@*
Command @minus{}append_partition is supported.
@*
@minus{}untranslated_name_len number is
@minus{}compliance untranslated_name_len=number.
@*
@minus{}@minus{}old-empty is -compliance old_empty.
@*
The options of genisoimage Jigdo Template Extraction are recognized and
performed via @command{xorriso} command -jigdo. See the "Alias:" names there
for the meaning of the genisoimage options.
@*
@sp 1

Personalities "@strong{xorrisofs}", "@strong{genisoimage}",
and "@strong{genisofs}" are aliases for "mkisofs".
@*
If @command{xorriso} is started with one of the leafnames "xorrisofs",
"genisofs",
"mkisofs", or "genisoimage", then it performs -read_mkisofsrc and prepends
-as "genisofs" to the program arguments.
I.e. all arguments will be interpreted mkisofs style until "@minus{}@minus{}"
is encountered. 
From then on, arguments are interpreted as @command{xorriso} commands.
@*
@minus{}@minus{}no_rc as first argument of such a program start
prevents interpretation of startup files. See section FILES below.
@*
@sp 1

@cindex Emulation, cdrecord, -as
@cindex cdrecord, Emulation
Personality "@strong{cdrecord}" accepts the options listed with:
@*
  -as cdrecord -help @minus{}@minus{}
@*
Among them: -v, dev=, speed=, blank=, fs=, -eject, -atip, padsize=, tsize=,
-isosize, -multi, -msinfo, @minus{}@minus{}grow_overwriteable_iso,
write_start_address=,
track source file path or "-" for standard input as track source.
@*
It ignores most other options of cdrecord and cdrskin but refuses on
-audio, -scanbus, and on blanking modes unknown to @command{xorriso}.
@*
The scope is only a single data track per session to be written
to blank, overwritable, or appendable media. The medium gets closed if 
closing is applicable and not option -multi is present.
@*
If an input drive was acquired, then it is given up.
This is only allowed if no image changes are pending.
@*
dev= must be given as @command{xorriso} device address. Addresses like 0,0,0
or ATA:1,1,0 are not supported.
@*
If a track source is given, then an automatic -commit happens at the end of
the "cdrecord" option list.
@*
@minus{}@minus{}grow_overwriteable_iso
enables emulation of multi-session on overwritable
media.  To enable emulation of a TOC, the first session needs -C 0,32 with
-as mkisofs (but no -M) and @minus{}@minus{}grow_overwriteable_iso
write_start_address=32s with -as cdrecord.
@*
A much more elaborate libburn based cdrecord emulator is the program cdrskin.
@*
Personalites "@strong{xorrecord}", "@strong{wodim}", and "@strong{cdrskin}"
are aliases for "cdrecord".
@*
If @command{xorriso} is started with one of the leafnames "xorrecord",
"cdrskin", "cdrecord", or "wodim", then it automatically prepends -as "cdrskin"
to the program arguments. I.e. all arguments will be interpreted cdrecord
style until "@minus{}@minus{}" is encountered.
From then on, arguments are interpreted as @command{xorriso} commands.
@*
@minus{}@minus{}no_rc as first argument of such a program start
prevents interpretation of @command{xorriso} startup files.
See section FILES below.
@c man .TP
@item -read_mkisofsrc
@kindex -read_mkisofsrc   searches and reads .mkisofsrc file
@cindex Emulation, .mkisofsrc, -read_mkisofsrc
Try one by one to open for reading:
 ./.mkisofsrc , $MKISOFSRC , $HOME/.mkisofsrc , $(dirname $0)/.mkisofsrc 
@*
On success interpret the file content as of man mkisofs CONFIGURATION,
and end this command. Do not try further files.
The last address is used only if start argument 0 has a non-trivial dirname.
@*
The reader currently interprets the following NAME=VALUE pairs:
APPI (-application_id) , PUBL (-publisher) , SYSI (-system_id) ,
VOLI (-volid) , VOLS (-volset_id)
@*
Any other lines will be silently ignored.
@c man .TP
@item -genisoimage_completion "on"|"off"
@kindex -genisoimage_completion   completion of genisoimage options
@cindex Emulation, options completion, -genisoimage_completion
Enable or disable the completion of genisoimage options during -as mkisofs
emulation.
@*
If enabled by "on", then unrecognized option arguments which begin by
a dash '-' get compared against the known genisoimage options, like program
genisoimage does unconditionally (and undocumentedly). If the given argument
matches the beginning of exactly one genisoimage option, then it gets replaced
by that option.
Option arguments which consist entirely of a leading dash and letters out of
"dDfJlNRrTUvz" are not matched but rather interpreted as usual, i.e. as
multiple options with leading dash and each single letter.
If no genisoimage option is found or more than one are found, then a SORRY 
message is issued and the argument stays as is. 
@*
If disabled by "off", no completion of options happens. Like with enabled
completion, option arguments which consist entirely of letters out of
"dDfJlNRrTUvz" are not matched but rather interpreted as multiple
arguments with leading dash and each single letter.
@c man .TP
@item -pacifier behavior_code
@kindex -pacifier   controls pacifier text form
@cindex Emulation, pacifier form, -pacifier
Control behavior of UPDATE pacifiers during write operations.
The following behavior codes are defined:
@*
"xorriso" is the default format:
@*
Writing: sector XXXXX of YYYYYY  [fifo active, nn% fill]
@*
"cdrecord" looks like:
@*
X of Y MB written (fifo nn%) [buf mmm%]
@*
"mkisofs" 
@*
nn% done, estimate finish Tue Jul 15 20:13:28 2008
@*
The frequency of the messages can be adjusted by
@*
"interval=number"
@*
where number gives the seconds between two messages. Permissible settings
are 0.1 to 60.0.
@c man .TP
@item -scdbackup_tag list_path record_name
@kindex -scdbackup_tag   enables scdbackup checksum tag
@cindex Backup, scdbackup checksum tag, -scdbackup
Set the parameter "name" for a scdbackup checksum record.
It will be appended in an scdbackup checksum tag to the -md5 session tag if
the image starts at LBA 0. This is the case if it gets written as first
session onto a sequential medium, or piped into a program, named pipe or
character device.
@*
If list_path is not empty then the record will also be appended to the
data file given by this path.
@*
Program scdbackup_verify will recognize and verify tag and file record.
@*
An empty record_name disables this feature.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Scripting, dialog and program control features:
@node Scripting, Frontend, Emulation, Commands
@section Scripting, dialog and program control features
@table @asis
@c man .TP
@item -no_rc
@kindex -no_rc   disables startup files
@cindex Process, disable startup files, -no_rc
@*
Only if used as first program argument this command
prevents reading and interpretation of startup files. See section FILES below.
@c man .TP
@item -options_from_file fileaddress
@kindex -options_from_file   reads commands from file
@cindex Process, read command file, -options_from_file
Read quoted input from fileaddress and execute it like dialog lines.
Empty lines and lines which begin by # are ignored. Normally one line
should hold one @command{xorriso} command and all its parameters.
Nevertheless lines may be concatenated by a trailing backslash.
@*
See also section "Command processing", paragraph "Quoted input".
@c man .TP
@item -help
@kindex -help   prints help text
@cindex Program, print help text, -help
@*
Print helptext.
@c man .TP
@item -version
@kindex -version   prints help text
@cindex Program, print version, -version
Print program name and version, component versions, license.
@c man .TP
@item -list_extras code
@kindex -list_extras   lists compile time extra features
@cindex Program, list extra features, -list_extras
Tell whether certain extra features were enabled at compile time and the
environment provided the necessary system interfaces.
Application of the enabled features might fail at run time because the system
does not provide the necessary interfaces or the involved local filesystem
does not provide the desired feature.
@*
Code "all" lists all features and a headline.
Other codes pick a single feature.
Code "codes" lists them. They share names with related commands
(see also there):
@*
"acl" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local filesystems ACLs.
@*
"xattr" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local filesystems EA.
@*
"lfa_flags" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local Linux file
attributes (see man 1 chattr).
@*
"projid" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local XFS-style project ids.
@*
"jigdo" tells whether production of Jigdo files is possible.
@*
"zisofs" tells whether zisofs and built-in gzip filters are enabled.
@*
"external_filter" tells whether external filter processes are allowed
and whether they are allowed if real user id and effective user id differ.
@*
"dvd_obs" tells whether 64 kB output to DVD media is default.
@*
"use_readline" tells whether readline may be enabled in dialog mode.
@*
@c man .TP
@item -history textline
@kindex -history   brings text into readline history
@cindex Dialog, bring text into history, -history
Copy textline into libreadline history.
@c man .TP
@item -status mode|filter
@kindex -status   shows current settings
@cindex Program, show current settings, -status
Print the current settings of @command{xorriso}.
Modes:
@*
  short... print only important or altered settings
@*
  long ... print all settings including defaults
@*
  long_history  like long plus history lines
@*
Filters begin with '-' and are compared literally against the
output lines of -status:long_history. A line is put out only
if its start matches the filter text. No wildcards.
@c man .TP
@item -status_history_max number
@kindex -status_history_max   curbs -status history
@cindex Program, status history, -status_history_max
Set maximum number of history lines to be reported with -status "long_history".
@c man .TP
@item -list_delimiter word
@kindex -list_delimiter   replaces '@minus{}@minus{}'
@cindex Program, replace @minus{}@minus{}, -list_delimiter
Set the list delimiter to be used instead of "@minus{}@minus{}".
It has to be a single word,
must not be empty, not longer than 80 characters, and must not contain
quotation marks.
@*
For brevity the list delimiter is referred as "@minus{}@minus{}"
throughout this text.
@c man .TP
@item -sh_style_result "on"|"off"
@kindex -sh_style_result   makes results look more like shell
@cindex Result layout, more shell-like, -sh_style_result
Make the result output of some filesystem inspection commands look more like
the output of equivalent shell commands. The most important effect is to
prevent the wrapping of file addresses into quotation marks with commands
  -pwd -pwdx -ls -lsd -lsl -lsdl -lsx -lsdx -lslx -lsdlx
  -du -dus -dux -dusx -findx -find
@*
This will make ambiguous the representation of file names which contain
newline characters. On the other hand it should facilitate integration
of xorriso into shell scripts which already use the corresponding
shell commands.
@c man .TP
@item -backslash_codes "on"|"off"|mode[:mode]
@kindex -backslash_codes   enables backslash conversion
@cindex Program, backslash conversion, -backslash_codes
Enable or disable the interpretation of symbolic representations of special
characters with quoted input, or with program arguments, or with program
text output. If enabled the following translations apply:
@*
 \a=bell(007) \b=backspace(010) \e=Escape(033) \f=formfeed(014)
@*
 \n=linefeed(012) \r=carriage_return(015) \t=tab(011)
@*
 \v=vtab(013) \\=backslash(134) \[0-7][0-7][0-7]=octal_code
@*
 \x[0-9a-f][0-9a-f]=hex_code \cC=control-C
@*
Translations can occur with quoted input in 3 modes:
@*
 "in_double_quotes" translates only inside " quotation.
@*
 "in_quotes" translates inside " and ' quotation.
@*
 "with_quoted_input" translates inside and outside quotes.
@*
With the start program arguments there is mode:
@*
 "with_program_arguments" translates program arguments.
@*
@*
Mode "encode_output" encodes output characters. It combines "encode_results"
with "encode_infos". Inside single or double quotation marks encoding applies
to 8-bit characters octal 001 to 037 , 177 to 377 and to backslash(134).
Outside quotation marks some harmless ASCII control characters stay unencoded:
bell(007), backspace(010), tab(011), linefeed(012), formfeed(014),
carriage_return(015).
@*
Mode "off" is default and disables any translation.
Mode "on" is
"with_quoted_input:with_program_arguments:encode_output".
@c man .TP
@item -temp_mem_limit number["k"|"m"]
@kindex -temp_mem_limit   curbs memory consumption
@cindex Program, curb memory, -temp_mem_limit
Set the maximum size of temporary memory to be used for image dependent
buffering. Currently this applies to pattern expansion, LBA sorting,
restoring of hard links.
@*
Default is 16m = 16 MiB, minimum 64k = 64 kiB, maximum 1024m = 1 GiB.
@c man .TP
@item -print  text
@kindex -print   prints result text line
@cindex Program, print result text line, -print
Print a text line to the result channel which is by default stdout. 
@c man .TP
@item -print_info  text
@kindex -print_info   prints message text line
@cindex Program, print message text line, -print_info
Print a text line to the info channel which is by default stderr.
@c man .TP
@item -print_mark  text
@kindex -print_mark   prints synchronizing text line
@cindex Program, print synchronizing text line, -print_mark
Print a text line to the mark channel which is by default directed to both,
result and info channel. An empty text will cause no output at all.
@c man .TP
@item -prompt text
@kindex -prompt   prompts for enter key
@cindex Program, prompt for enter key, -prompt
Show text at beginning of output line and
wait for the user to hit the Enter key
or to send a line via stdin.
@c man .TP
@item -sleep seconds
@kindex -sleep   waits for a given time span
@cindex Program, wait a time span, -sleep
Wait for the given number of seconds before performing the next command.
Expect coarse granularity no better than 1/100 seconds.
@c man .TP
@item -errfile_log mode path|channel
@kindex -errfile_log   logs problematic disk files
@cindex Write, log problematic disk files, -errfile_log
@*
If problem events are related to input files from the filesystem, then their
disk_paths can be logged to a file or to output channels R or I.
@*
Mode can either be "plain" or "marked". The latter causes marker lines which
give the time of log start, burn session start, burn session end, log end
or program end. In mode "plain", only the file paths are logged.
@*
If path is "-" or "-R" then the log is directed to the result channel.
Path "-I" directs it to the info message channel. Any text that does not
begin with "-" is used as path for a file to append the log lines.
@*
Problematic files can be recorded multiple times during one program run.
If the program run aborts then the list might not be complete because
some input files might not have been processed at all.
@*
The errfile paths are transported as messages of very low severity "ERRFILE".
This transport becomes visible with -report_about "ALL".
@c man .TP
@item -session_log path
@kindex -session_log   logs written sessions
@cindex Write, log written sessions, -session_log 
@cindex Session, log when written, -session_log 
If path is not empty it gives the address of a plain text file where
a log record gets appended after each session. This log can be used to
determine the start_lba of a session for mount options -o sbsector=
(on GNU/Linux) or -s (on FreeBSD) from date or volume ID.
@*
Record format is: timestamp start_lba size volume-id
@*
The first three items are single words, the rest of the line is the volume ID.
@c man .TP
@item -scsi_log "on"|"off"
@kindex -scsi_log   reports SCSI commands
@cindex Drive, report SCSI commands, -scsi_log
Mode "on" enables very verbose logging of SCSI commands and drive replies.
Logging messages get printed to stderr, not to any of the @command{xorriso}
output channels.
@*
A special property of this command is that the first -scsi_log setting
among the start arguments is in effect already when the first operations
of @command{xorriso} begin.
Only "-scsi_log" with dash "-" is recognized that way.
@c man .TP
@item -end
@kindex -end   writes pending session and ends program
@cindex Process, end program and write, -end
@cindex Program, end and write, -end
@*
End program after writing pending changes.
@c man .TP
@item -rollback_end
@kindex -rollback_end   ends program without writing
@cindex Program, end without writing, -rollback_end
@cindex Process, end program, no writing, -rollback_end
Discard pending changes. End program immediately.
@c man .TP
@item # any text
@kindex #   starts a comment line
@cindex Comment, #
Only in dialog or file execution mode, and only as first
non-whitespace in line:
Do not execute the line but store it in readline history.
@end table
@c man .TP
@c man .B Support for frontend programs via stdin and stdout:
@node Frontend, ExDevices, Scripting, Commands
@section Support for frontend programs via stdin and stdout
@table @asis
@c man .TP
@item -pkt_output "on"|"off"
@kindex -pkt_output   consolidates text output
@cindex Process, consolidate text output, -pkt_output
Consolidate text output on stdout and classify each
line by a channel indicator:
@*
 'R:' for result lines,
@*
 'I:' for notes and error messages,
@*
 'M:' for -mark texts.
@*
Next is a decimal number of which only bit 0 has a meaning for now.
0 means no newline at end of payload, 1 means that the newline character at
the end of the output line belongs to the payload. After another colon and
a blank follows the payload text.
@*
Example:
@*
 I:1: enter option and parameters :
@c man .TP
@item -logfile channel fileaddress
@kindex -logfile   logs output channels to file
@cindex Process, log output channels to file, -logfile
Copy output of a channel to the given file. Channel may be one of: "." for all
channels, "I" for info messages, "R" for result lines, "M" for -mark texts.
@c man .TP
@item -mark text
@kindex -mark   sets synchronizing message
@cindex Process, set synchronizing message, -mark
If text is not empty it will get put out on "M" channel each time
@command{xorriso} is ready for the next dialog line or before
@command{xorriso} performs a command that was entered to the pager prompt.
@c man .TP
@item -msg_op opcode parameter_text
@kindex -msg_op   perform operations on program messages
@cindex Program messages, perform operations, -msg_op
This command shall facilitate extraction of particular information from
the message output of other commands. It gives access to the C API function
Xorriso_parse_line() and to the message sieve that is provided by the C API.
Please refer to their descriptions in file xorriso.h.
Further it helps to interpret the severity codes of info messages.
@*
Intended users are frontend programs which operate xorriso in dialog mode.
@*
The result output of this command is not caught by the message sieve.
@*
The following opcodes are defined:
@*
@strong{start_sieve}
@*
Install the message sieve as of Xorriso_sieve_big() and start watching
program messages. The parameter_text has no meaning.
@*
@strong{show_sieve}
@*
Show a list of filter rule names. The parameter_text has no meaning.
The list begins by a line with the return value of Xorriso_sieve_get_result()
with flag bit3. If this value is larger than 0, then the next line tells
the number of names. The following lines show one name each.
@*
@strong{read_sieve}
@*
Use the parameter_text as name of a filter rule and inquire its next
recorded result.
See Xorriso_sieve_big() for a list of names and reply strings.
@*
The recorded strings are put out on result channel. They get wrapped
into lines which tell their structure.
The first line tells the return value of Xorriso_sieve_get_result().
The next line tells the number of strings. Each string begins by a line that
tells the number of lines of the string. Then follow these lines. They are to
be concatenated with a newline character between each of them.
Finally the number of still available recorded results of the given name
is put out.
@*
@strong{clear_sieve}
@*
Dispose all recorded strings and continue watching program messages.
The parameter_text has no meaning.
@*
@strong{end_sieve}
@*
Dispose the sieve with its filter rules and stop watching program messages.
The parameter_text has no meaning.
@*
@strong{parse}
@*
Read a text from dialog input and submit it to Xorriso_parse_line().
The parameter_text word shall consist of several words separated by blanks.
It will be necessary to use both kinds of quotation marks.
@*
E.g. "'ISO session  :' '' 0 0 1"
@*
The five parameter words are: prefix, separators, max_words, flag,
number_of_input_lines.
The former four are handed over to Xorriso_parse_line(). The number of
input lines minus one tells xorriso how many newline characters are
part of the input text.
@*
The announced number of text lines will be read from dialog input,
concatenated with a newline character between each of them,
and submitted to Xorriso_parse_line() as parameter line.
Note that newlines outside of quotation marks are
interpreted as separators if the separators parameter is empty.
@*
The parsed strings are put out on result channel. They get wrapped
into lines which tell their structure.
The first line tells the return value of Xorriso_parse_line().
The next line tells the number of strings. Each string begins by a line that
tells the number of lines of the string. Then follow these lines. They are to 
be concatenated with a newline character between each of them.
@*
If -backslash_codes "encode_output" is enabled, then the strings undergo
encoding as if they were enclosed in quotes. Escpecially each string
will be put out as a single result line.
@*
@strong{parse_bulk}
@*
Like "parse", but with the fifth parameter word being number_of_input_texts
rather than number_of_input_lines. Each input text has to be preceded by
a line that tells number_of_input_lines as with "parse".
Then come the announced number of text lines.
@*
All input texts will be read before printing of result lines begins.
This consumes memory in xorriso. So the number_of_input_texts should not
be extremely high. On the other hand, large transactions of command,
input texts, and results are desirable if connection latency is an
issue. 
@*
@strong{parse_silently}
@*
Like "parse" but not issuing a prompting message. Confusing to humans.
@*
@strong{parse_bulk_silently}
@*
Like "parse_bulk" but not issuing a prompting message. Confusing to humans.
@*
@strong{compare_sev}
@*
The parameter_text should contain two comma separated severity texts as
issued by this program. Like "SORRY,UPDATE". See also paragraph
"Exception processing".
@*
These two severity texts get compared and a number gets printed
to the result channel. This number is 0 if both severities are equal.
It is -1 if the first severity is lower than the second one.
It is 1 is the first severity is higher than the second one.
@*
Above example "SORRY,UPDATE" will yield 1.
@*
@strong{list_sev}
@*
Print to the result channel a blank separated list of all severity names.
Sorted from low to high severity.
@c man .TP
@item -named_pipe_loop mode[:mode] disk_path_stdin disk_path_stdout disk_path_stderr
@kindex -named_pipe_loop   enters EOF resistant dialog
@cindex Dialog, EOF resistant, -named_pipe_loop
Temporarily replace standard input, standard output and standard error by
named pipes. Enter dialog mode without readline.
@*
Defined modes are:
@*
"cleanup" removes the submitted pipe files when the loop ends.
@*
"keep" does not delete them. This is the default.
@*
"buffered" reads all lines from the input pipe until EOF before it opens
the output pipes and processes the input lines.
@*
"direct" opens the output pipes after the first input line was read.
Each line is executed directly after it is read. This is the default.
@*
The other three parameters must either be disk paths to existing named pipes,
or be "-" to leave the according standard i/o channel unreplaced.
@*
xorriso will open the stdin pipe, read and execute dialog lines from it
until the sender closes the pipe. The output pipes get opened depending on
mode "buffered" or "direct". After all lines are executed, xorriso will
close its side of the pipes and enter a new cycle of opening, reading and
executing.
@*
If an input line consists only of the word "end_named_pipe_loop"
then -named_pipe_loop will end and further xorriso commands may be
executed from other sources.
@c man .TP
@item -launch_frontend program [arguments ...] @minus{}@minus{}
@kindex -launch_frontend   starts frontend program at pipes
@cindex Frontend program, start at pipes, -launch_frontend
Start the program that is given as first parameter. Submit the other
parameters as program arguments. Enable xorriso dialog mode.
@*
Two nameless pipe objects are created. xorriso standard input gets
connected to the standard output of the started program.
xorriso standard output and standard error get connected to the
standard input of that program.
@*
xorriso will abort when the started program ends or if it cannot
be started at all. In both cases it will return a non-zero exit value.
The exit value will be zero if the frontend sends -end or -rollback_end
before ending itself.
@*
This command may be totaly banned at compile time. It is banned
by default if xorriso runs under setuid permissions.
@*
The program name will not be searched in the $PATH directories.
To make this clear, it must contain at least one /-character.
Best is an absolute path.
@*
Example:
@*
  xorriso -launch_frontend "$(which xorriso-tcltk)" -stdio --
@*
The frontend program should first send via its standard output:
@*
  -mark 0 -pkt_output on -msg_op start_sieve - -reassure off
@*
It should be ready to decode -pkt_output and to react on -mark messages.
Best is to increment the -mark number after each sent command sequence
and then to wait for the new number to show up in a mark message:
@*
  ...some...commands... -mark <incremented_number>
@*
Further are advised:
@*
  -report_about UPDATE -abort_on NEVER
@*
  -iso_rr_pattern off -disk_pattern off
@*
A check of the xorriso version should be done, in order to make sure
that all desired features are present.
@*
Command -launch_frontend will only work once per xorriso run.
If no command parameters are submitted or if program is an empty text,
then no program will be started but nevertheless -launch_frontend will
be irrevocably disabled.
@c man .TP
@item -prog text
@kindex -prog   sets program name
@cindex Program, set name, -prog
Use text as name of this program in subsequent messages
@c man .TP
@item -prog_help text
@kindex -prog_help   prints help text
@cindex Program, print help text, -prog_help
Use text as name of this program and perform -help.
@end table
@c man .br
@node Examples, Files, Commands, Top
@chapter Examples
@c man .SH EXAMPLES
@c man .SS
@c man .B Overview of examples:
@c man As superuser learn about available drives
@c man .br
@c man Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
@c man .br
@c man A dialog session doing about the same
@c man .br
@c man Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
@c man .br
@c man Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
@c man .br
@c man Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
@c man .br
@c man Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
@c man .br
@c man Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
@c man .br
@c man Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
@c man .br
@c man Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
@c man .br
@c man Let xorriso work underneath growisofs
@c man .br
@c man Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
@c man .br
@c man Examples of input timestrings
@c man .br
@c man Incremental backup of a few directory trees
@c man .br
@c man Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
@c man .br
@c man Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium
@cindex Examples
@menu
* ExDevices::    As superuser learn about available drives
* ExCreate::     Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
* ExDialog::     A dialog session doing about the same
* ExGrowing::    Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
* ExModifying::  Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
* ExBootable::   Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
* ExCharset::    Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
* ExPseudo::     Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
* ExCdrecord::   Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
* ExMkisofs::    Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
* ExGrowisofs::  Let @command{xorriso} work underneath growisofs
* ExException::  Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
* ExTime::       Examples of input timestrings
* ExIncBackup::  Incremental backup of a few directory trees
* ExRestore::    Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
* ExRecovery::   Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium
@end menu
@c man .SS
@c man .B As superuser learn about available drives
@node ExDevices, ExCreate, Frontend, Examples
@section As superuser learn about available drives
On Linux, FreeBSD or NetBSD consider to give rw-permissions to those users
or groups which shall be able to use the drives with @command{xorriso}.
On Solaris use pfexec. Consider to restrict privileges of @command{xorriso} to
"base,sys_devices" and to give r-permission to user or group.
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -device_links
@*
1  -dev '/dev/cdrom1' rwrw@minus{}@minus{} :  'TSSTcorp' 'DVD-ROM SH-D162C
@*
1  -dev '/dev/cdrw'   rwrw@minus{}@minus{} :  'TSSTcorp' 'CDDVDW SH-S223B'
@*
2  -dev '/dev/cdrw3'  rwrw@minus{}@minus{} :  'HL-DT-ST' 'BDDVDRW_GGC-H20L'
@c man .SS
@c man .B Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
@node ExCreate, ExDialog, ExDevices, Examples
@section Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
Acquire drive /dev/sr2, make medium ready for writing a new image,
fill the image with the files from hard disk directories /home/me/sounds
and /home/me/pictures.
@*
Because no -dialog "on" is given, the program will then end by writing the
session to the medium.
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr2 \
@*
 -blank as_needed \
@*
 -map /home/me/sounds /sounds \
@*
 -map /home/me/pictures /pictures
@*
@sp 1

@*
The ISO image may be shaped in a more elaborate way like the following:
Omit some unwanted stuff by removing it from the image directory tree.
Reintroduce some wanted stuff.
@*
@sp 1
$ cd /home/me
@*
$ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr2 \
@*
 -blank as_needed \
@*
 -map /home/me/sounds /sounds \
@*
 -map /home/me/pictures /pictures \
@*
 -rm_r \
@*
   /sounds/indecent \
@*
   '/pictures/*private*' \
@*
   /pictures/confidential \
@*
   @minus{}@minus{} \
@*
 -cd / \
@*
 -add pictures/confidential/work* @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@sp 1
Note that '/pictures/*private*' is a pattern for iso_rr_paths
while pictures/confidential/work* gets expanded by the shell
with addresses from the hard disk. Commands -add and -map have different
parameter rules but finally the same effect: they put files into the image.
@c man .SS
@c man .B A dialog session doing about the same
@c man .br
@node ExDialog, ExGrowing, ExCreate, Examples
@section A dialog session doing about the same as the previous example
Some settings are already given as start argument. The other activities
are done as dialog input. The pager gets set to 20 lines of 80 characters.
@*
The drive is acquired by command -dev rather than -outdev in order to see
the message about its current content. By command -blank this content is
made ready for being overwritten and the loaded ISO image is made empty.
@*
In order to be able to eject the medium, the session needs to be committed
explicitly.
@*
@c man .B $ xorriso -dialog on -page 20 80 -disk_pattern on
@c man .br
@c man enter option and arguments :
@c man .br
@c man .B \-dev /dev/sr2
@c man .br
@c man enter option and arguments :
@c man .br
@c man .B \-blank as_needed
@c man .br
@c man enter option and arguments :
@c man .br
@c man .B \-map /home/me/sounds /sounds -map /home/me/pictures /pictures
@c man .br
@c man enter option and arguments :
@c man .br
@c man .B \-rm_r /sounds/indecent /pictures/*private* /pictures/confidential
@c man .br
@c man enter option and arguments :
@c man .br
@c man .B \-cdx /home/me/pictures -cd /pictures
@c man .br
@c man enter option and arguments :
@c man .br
@c man .B \-add confidential/office confidential/factory
@c man .br
@c man enter option and arguments :
@c man .br
@c man .B \-du /
@c man .br
@c man enter option and arguments :
@c man .br
@c man .B \-commit_eject all -end
@c man .br
@sp 1
@c man-ignore-lines begin
$ xorriso -dialog on -page 20 80 -disk_pattern on
@sp 1
enter option and arguments :
@*
-dev /dev/sr2
@sp 1
enter option and arguments :
@*
-blank as_needed
@sp 1
enter option and arguments :
@*
-map /home/me/sounds /sounds -map /home/me/pictures /pictures
@sp 1
enter option and arguments :
@*
-rm_r /sounds/indecent /pictures/*private* /pictures/confidential
@sp 1
enter option and arguments :
@*
-cdx /home/me/pictures -cd /pictures
@sp 1
enter option and arguments :
@*
-add confidential/office confidential/factory
@sp 1
enter option and arguments :
@*
-du /
@sp 1
enter option and arguments :
@*
-commit_eject all -end
@c man-ignore-lines end
@c man .SS
@c man .B Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
@node ExGrowing, ExModifying, ExDialog, Examples
@section Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
Load image from drive.
Remove (i.e. hide) directory /sounds and its subordinates.
Rename directory /pictures/confidential to /pictures/restricted.
Change access permissions of directory /pictures/restricted.
Add new directory trees /sounds and /movies.
Burn to the same medium, check whether the tree can be loaded, and eject.
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -dev /dev/sr2 \
@*
 -rm_r /sounds @minus{}@minus{} \
@*
 -mv \
@*
   /pictures/confidential \
@*
   /pictures/restricted \
@*
   @minus{}@minus{} \
@*
 -chmod go-rwx /pictures/restricted @minus{}@minus{} \
@*
 -map /home/me/prepared_for_dvd/sounds_dummy /sounds \
@*
 -map /home/me/prepared_for_dvd/movies /movies \
@*
 -commit -eject all
@c man .SS
@c man .B Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
@node ExModifying, ExBootable, ExGrowing, Examples
@section Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
Load image from input drive. Do the same manipulations as in the previous
example. Acquire output drive and blank it. Burn the modified image as
first and only session to the output drive.
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -indev /dev/sr2 \
@*
 -rm_r /sounds @minus{}@minus{} \
@*
 ...
@*
 -outdev /dev/sr0 -blank as_needed \
@*
 -commit -eject all
@c man .SS
@c man .B Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
@node ExBootable, ExCharset, ExModifying, Examples
@section Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
The user has already created a suitable file tree on disk and copied the
ISOLINUX files into subdirectory ./boot/isolinux of that tree.
Now @command{xorriso} can burn an El Torito bootable medium:
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr0 -blank as_needed \
@*
   -map /home/me/ISOLINUX_prepared_tree / \
@*
   -boot_image isolinux dir=/boot/isolinux
@c man .SS
@c man .B Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
@node ExCharset, ExPseudo, ExBootable, Examples
@section Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
This example assumes that the existing ISO image was written with character
set ISO-8859-1 but that the readers expected UTF-8. Now a new session
gets added with converted file names.
Command -changes_pending "yes" enables writing despite the lack of any
manipulation command.
@*
In order to avoid any weaknesses of the local character set, this command
pretends that it uses already the final target set UTF-8.
Therefore strange file names may appear in messages, which
will be made terminal-safe by command -backslash_codes.
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -in_charset ISO-8859-1 -local_charset UTF-8 \
@*
   -out_charset UTF-8 -backslash_codes on -dev /dev/sr0 \
@*
   -changes_pending yes -commit -eject all
@c man .SS
@c man .B Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
@node ExPseudo, ExCdrecord, ExCharset, Examples
@section Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
Full read-write operation is possible with regular files and block devices:
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -dev /tmp/regular_file ...
@*
@sp 1
Paths underneath /dev normally need prefix "stdio:"
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -dev stdio:/dev/sdb ...
@*
@sp 1
If /dev/sdb is to be used frequently and /dev/sda is the system disk,
then consider to place the following lines in a @command{xorriso} Startup File.
They allow you to use /dev/sdb without prefix and protect disk /dev/sda
from @command{xorriso}:
@*
@sp 1
  -drive_class banned   /dev/sda*
@*
  -drive_class harmless /dev/sdb
@*
@sp 1
Other writeable file types are supported write-only:
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -outdev /tmp/named_pipe ...
@*
@sp 1
Among the write-only drives is standard output:
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -outdev - \
@*
 ...
@*
 | gzip >image.iso.gz
@c man .SS
@c man .B Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
@node ExCdrecord, ExMkisofs, ExPseudo, Examples
@section Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
Actually this works with any kind of data, not only ISO images:
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -as cdrecord -v dev=/dev/sr0 blank=as_needed image.iso
@c man .SS
@c man .B Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
@node ExMkisofs, ExGrowisofs, ExCdrecord, Examples
@section Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
Between both processes there can be performed arbitrary transportation
or filtering.
@*
The first session is written like this:
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -as mkisofs prepared_for_iso/tree1 | \
@*
 xorriso -as cdrecord -v dev=/dev/sr0 blank=fast -multi -eject - 
@*
@sp 1
Follow-up sessions are written like this (the run of dd is only to give demons
a chance to spoil it):
@*
@sp 1
$ m=$(xorriso -as cdrecord dev=/dev/sr0 -msinfo)
@*
$ dd if=/dev/sr0 count=1 >/dev/null 2>&1
@*
$ xorriso -as mkisofs -M /dev/sr0 -C $m prepared_for_iso/tree2 | \
@*
 xorriso -as cdrecord -v dev=/dev/sr0 -waiti -multi -eject -
@*
@sp 1
Always eject the drive tray between sessions.
@*
The run of xorriso -as mkisofs will read old sessions via the CD-ROM
driver of /dev/sr0. This driver might not be aware of the changed content
as long as the medium is not loaded again. In this case the previous session
would not be properly assessed by xorriso and the new session would contain
only the newly added files.
@*
Some systems have not enough patience with automatic tray loading and some
demons may interfere with a first CD-ROM driver read attempt from a freshly
loaded medium.
@*
When loading the tray manually, wait 10 seconds after the drive has stopped
blinking.
@*
A safe automatic way seems to be a separate run of xorriso for loading
the tray with proper waiting, and a subsequent run of dd which shall offer
itself to any problems caused by demons assessing the changed drive status.
If this does not help, insert a run of "sleep 10" between xorriso and dd.
@*
@sp 1
This example works for multi-session media only.
Add cdrskin option @minus{}@minus{}grow_overwriteable_iso
to all -as cdrecord runs
in order to enable multi-session emulation on overwritable media.
@c man .SS
@c man .B Let xorriso work underneath growisofs
@node ExGrowisofs, ExException, ExMkisofs, Examples
@section Let @command{xorriso} work underneath growisofs
growisofs expects an ISO formatter program which understands options -C and
-M. If @command{xorriso} gets started by name "xorrisofs" then it is suitable
for that.
@*
@sp 1
$ export MKISOFS="xorrisofs"
@*
$ growisofs -Z /dev/dvd /some/files
@*
$ growisofs -M /dev/dvd /more/files
@*
@sp 1
If no "xorrisofs" is available on your system, then you will have to create
a link pointing to the @command{xorriso} binary and tell growisofs to use it.
E.g. by:
@*
@sp 1
$ ln -s $(which xorriso) "$HOME/xorrisofs"
@*
$ export MKISOFS="$HOME/xorrisofs"
@*
@sp 1
One may quit mkisofs emulation by argument "@minus{}@minus{}" and make
use of all @command{xorriso} commands. growisofs dislikes options which
start with "-o" but -outdev must be set to "-".
So use "outdev" instead:
@*
@sp 1
$ growisofs -Z /dev/dvd @minus{}@minus{} outdev - -update_r /my/files /files
@*
$ growisofs -M /dev/dvd @minus{}@minus{} outdev - -update_r /my/files /files
@*
@sp 1
growisofs has excellent burn capabilities with DVD and BD.
It does not emulate session history on overwritable media, though.
@c man .SS
@c man .B Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
@node ExException, ExTime, ExGrowisofs, Examples
@section Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
Be quite verbose, exit 32 if severity "FAILURE" was encountered,
do not abort prematurely but forcibly go on until the end of commands.
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso ... \
@*
 -report_about UPDATE \
@*
 -return_with FAILURE 32 \
@*
 -abort_on NEVER \
@*
 ...
@c man .SS
@c man .B Examples of input timestrings
@node ExTime, ExIncBackup, ExException, Examples
@section Examples of input timestrings
@c man .br
@c man As printed by program date:
@c man .B 'Thu Nov  8 14:51:13 CET 2007'
@c man .br
@c man The same without ignored parts:
@c man .B 'Nov 8 14:51:13 2007'
@c man .br
@c man The same as expected by date:
@c man .B 110814512007.13
@c man .br
@c man Four weeks in the future:
@c man .B +4w
@c man .br
@c man The current time:
@c man .B +0
@c man .br
@c man Three hours ago:
@c man .B \-3h
@c man .br
@c man Seconds since Jan 1 1970:
@c man .B =1194531416
@c man-ignore-lines begin
As printed by program date:
@*
'Thu Nov  8 14:51:13 CET 2007'
@sp 1
The same without ignored parts:
@*
'Nov 8 14:51:13 2007'
@sp 1
The same as expected by date:
@*
110814512007.13
@sp 1
Four weeks in the future:
@*
+4w
@sp 1
The current time:
@*
+0
@sp 1
Three hours ago:
@*
-3h
@sp 1
Seconds since Jan 1 1970:
@*
=1194531416
@c man-ignore-lines end
@c man .SS
@c man .B Incremental backup of a few directory trees
@node ExIncBackup, ExRestore, ExTime, Examples
@section Incremental backup of a few directory trees
This changes the directory trees /projects and /personal_mail
in the ISO image so that they become exact copies of their disk counterparts.
ISO file objects get created, deleted or get their attributes adjusted
accordingly.
@*
ACL, xattr, hard links and MD5 checksums will be recorded.
Accelerated comparison is enabled at the expense of potentially larger backup
size. Only media with the expected volume ID or blank media are accepted.
Files with names matching *.o or *.swp get excluded explicitly.
@*
When done with writing the new session gets checked by its recorded MD5.
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso \
@*
 -abort_on FATAL \
@*
 -for_backup -disk_dev_ino on \
@*
 -assert_volid 'PROJECTS_MAIL_*' FATAL \
@*
 -dev /dev/sr0 \
@*
 -volid PROJECTS_MAIL_"$(date '+%Y_%m_%d_%H%M%S')" \
@*
 -not_leaf '*.o' -not_leaf '*.swp' \
@*
 -update_r /home/thomas/projects /projects \
@*
 -update_r /home/thomas/personal_mail /personal_mail \
@*
 -commit -toc -check_md5 FAILURE @minus{}@minus{} -eject all
@*
@sp 1
To be used several times on the same medium, whenever an update of
the two disk trees to the medium is desired. Begin with a blank medium and
update it until the run fails gracefully due to lack of remaining space on
the old one.
@*
This makes sense if the full backup leaves substantial remaining capacity
on media and if the expected changes are much smaller than the full backup.
To apply zisofs compression to those data files which get newly copied from
the local filesystem, insert these commands immediately before -commit :
@*
@sp 1
 -hardlinks perform_update \
@*
 -find / -type f -pending_data -exec set_filter @minus{}@minus{}zisofs @minus{}@minus{} \
@*
@sp 1
Commands -disk_dev_ino and -for_backup depend on stable device and inode numbers
on disk. Without them, an update run may use -md5 "on" to match recorded MD5
sums against the current file content on hard disk. This is usually much faster
than the default which compares both contents directly.
@*
With @strong{mount} option @strong{-o "sbsector="} on GNU/Linux
or @strong{-s} on FreeBSD or NetBSD
it is possible to access the session trees which represent the older backup
versions. With CD media, GNU/Linux mount accepts session numbers directly by
its option "session=".
@*
Multi-session media and most overwritable media written by @command{xorriso}
can tell the sbsectors of their sessions by @command{xorriso} command -toc.
Used after -commit the following command prints the matching mount command for
the newly written session (here for mount point /mnt):
@*
@sp 1
 -mount_cmd "indev" "auto" "auto" /mnt
@*
@sp 1
Commands -mount_cmd and -mount are also able to produce the mount commands for
older sessions in the table-of-content. E.g. as superuser:
@*
@sp 1
 # osirrox -mount /dev/sr0 "volid" '*2008_12_05*' /mnt
@*
@sp 1
@c man .sp 1
Above example produces a result similar to  -root / -old-root / with mkisofs.
For getting the session trees accumulated in the new sessions, let all -update
commands use a common parent directory and clone it after updating is done:
@*
 -update_r /home/thomas/projects /current/projects \
@*
 -update_r /home/thomas/personal_mail /current/personal_mail \
@*
 -clone /current /"$(date '+%Y_%m_%d_%H%M%S')" \
@*
The cloned tree will have a name like /2011_02_12_155700.
@*
@sp 1
@c man .sp 1
Sessions on multi-session media are separated by several MB of unused blocks.
So with small sessions the payload capacity can become substantially lower
than the overall media capacity. If the remaining space on a medium does not
suffice for the next gap, the drive is supposed to close the medium
automatically.
@*
@sp 1
@c man .sp 1
@strong{Better do not use your youngest backup for -update_r}.
Have at least two media which you use alternatingly. So only older backups
get endangered by the new write operation, while the newest backup is
stored safely on a different medium.
@*
Always have a blank medium ready to perform a full backup in case the update
attempt fails due to insufficient remaining capacity. This failure will
not spoil the old medium, of course.
@c man .SS
@c man .B Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
@node ExRestore, ExRecovery, ExIncBackup, Examples
@section Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
This is an alternative to mounting the medium and using normal file operations.
@*
First check which backup sessions are on the medium:
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr0 -toc
@*
@sp 1
Then enable restoring of ACL, xattr and hard links. Load the desired session
and copy the file trees to disk.
Avoid to create /home/thomas/restored without rwx-permission.
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -for_backup \
@*
 -load volid 'PROJECTS_MAIL_2008_06_19*' \
@*
 -indev /dev/sr0 \
@*
 -osirrox on:auto_chmod_on \
@*
 -chmod u+rwx / @minus{}@minus{} \
@*
 -extract /projects /home/thomas/restored/projects \
@*
 -extract /personal_mail /home/thomas/restored/personal_mail \
@*
 -rollback_end
@*
@sp 1
The final command -rollback_end prevents an error message about the altered
image being discarded.
@c man .SS
@c man .B Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium
@node ExRecovery,, ExRestore, Examples
@section Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium
@*
@sp 1
$ xorriso -abort_on NEVER -indev /dev/sr0 \
@*
 -check_media time_limit=1800 report=blocks_files \
@*
 data_to="$HOME"/dvd_copy sector_map="$HOME"/dvd_copy.map @minus{}@minus{}
@*
@sp 1
This can be repeated several times, if necessary with -eject or with other
-indev drives. See the human readable part of "$HOME"/dvd_copy.map for
addresses which can be used on "$HOME"/dvd_copy with mount option -o sbsector=
or -s.
@c man .SH FILES
@node Files, Environ, Examples, Top 
@chapter Files
@c man .SS 
@c man .B Program alias names:
@*
@section Program Alias Names
Normal installation of @command{xorriso} creates three links or copies which by their
program name pre-select certain settings:
@*
@sp 1
@strong{xorrisofs} starts @command{xorriso} with -as mkisofs emulation.
@*
@strong{xorrecord} starts @command{xorriso} with -as cdrecord emulation.
@*
@strong{osirrox} starts with -osirrox "on:o_excl_off" which allows further
commands to copy files from ISO image to disk and to apply command -mount to
one or more of the existing ISO sessions.
@c man .SS 
@c man .B Startup files:
@section Startup Files
@*
If not -no_rc is given as the first argument then @command{xorriso} attempts on startup
to read and execute lines from the following files:
@*
@sp 1
   /etc/default/xorriso
@*
   /etc/opt/xorriso/rc
@*
   /etc/xorriso/xorriso.conf
@*
   $HOME/.xorrisorc
@*
@sp 1
The files are read in the sequence given above, but none of them is required
to exist. The line format is described with command -options_from_file.
@*
If mkisofs emulation was enabled by program name "xorrisofs", "mkisofs",
"genisoimage", or "genisofs", then afterwards -read_mkisofsrc is performed,
which reads .mkisofsrc files. See there.
@c man .SS
@c man .B Runtime control files:
@section Runtime control files
@*
The default setting of -check_media abort_file= is:
@*
@sp 1
   /var/opt/xorriso/do_abort_check_media
@*
@sp 1
@c man .SS
@c man .SH ENVIRONMENT
@node Environ, Seealso, Files, Top
@chapter Environ
The following environment variables influence the program behavior:
@*
HOME is used to find startup files of xorriso and mkisofs.
@*
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH belongs to the specs of reproducible-builds.org.
It is supposed to be either undefined or to contain a decimal number
which tells the seconds since january 1st 1970. If it contains a number,
then it is used as time value to set the default of
-volume date "uuid", sets -boot_image "any" "gpt_disk_guid=" to
"volume_date_uuid", -volume_date "all_file_dates" to "set_to_mtime",
and -iso_nowtime to "=$SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH".
@*
Startup files and program options can override the effect of SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH.
@*
@sp 1
@c man .SS
@c man .SH SEE ALSO
@c man .TP
@c man For the mkisofs emulation of xorriso
@c man .BR xorrisofs(1) 
@c man .TP
@c man For the cdrecord emulation of xorriso
@c man .BR xorrecord(1)
@c man .TP 
@c man For mounting xorriso generated ISO 9660 images (-t iso9660)
@c man .BR mount(8)
@c man .TP
@c man Libreadline, a comfortable input line facility
@c man .BR readline(3)
@c man .TP
@c man Other programs which produce ISO 9660 images
@c man .BR mkisofs(8),
@c man .BR genisoimage(1)
@c man .TP
@c man Other programs which burn sessions to optical media
@c man .BR growisofs(1),
@c man .BR cdrecord(1),
@c man .BR wodim(1),
@c man .BR cdrskin(1)
@c man .TP
@c man ACL, xattr, Linux file attributes, project ids
@c man .BR getfacl(1),
@c man .BR setfacl(1),
@c man .BR getfattr(1),
@c man .BR setfattr(1),
@c man .BR lsattr(1),
@c man .BR chattr(1),
@c man .BR ext4(5),
@c man .BR xfs_quota(8)
@c man .TP
@c man MD5 checksums
@c man .BR md5sum(1)
@c man .TP
@c man On FreeBSD the commands for xattr and MD5 differ
@c man .BR getextattr(8),
@c man .BR setextattr(8),
@c man .BR md5(1)
@c man-ignore-lines begin
@node Seealso, Bugreport, Environ, Top 
@chapter See also
@table @asis
@item For the mkisofs emulation of @command{xorriso}
xorrisofs(1) 
@item For the cdrecord emulation of @command{xorriso}
xorrecord(1) 
@item For mounting @command{xorriso} generated ISO 9660 images (-t iso9660)
mount(8)
@item Libreadline, a comfortable input line facility
readline(3)
@item Other programs which produce ISO 9660 images
mkisofs(8),
genisoimage(1)
@item Other programs which burn sessions to optical media
growisofs(1),
cdrecord(1),
wodim(1),
cdrskin(1)
@item ACL, xattr, Linux file attributes, project ids
getfacl(1),
setfacl(1),
getfattr(1),
setfattr(1),
lsattr(1),
chattr(1),
ext4(5),
xfs_quota(8)
@item MD5 checksums
md5sum(1)
@item On FreeBSD some commands differ:
getextattr(8),
setextattr(8),
md5(1)
@end table
@c man-ignore-lines end
@c man .SH BUGS
@node Bugreport, Legal, Seealso, Top
@chapter Reporting bugs
@cindex Bugs, reporting
@cindex Problems, reporting
To report bugs, request help, or suggest enhancements for @command{xorriso},
please send electronic mail to the public list @email{bug-xorriso@@gnu.org}.
If more privacy is desired, mail to @email{scdbackup@@gmx.net}.
@*
@sp 1
Please describe what you expect @command{xorriso} to do,
the program arguments or dialog commands by which you tried to achieve it,
the messages of @command{xorriso}, and the undesirable outcome of your
program run.
@*
@sp 1
Expect to get asked more questions before solutions can be proposed. 
@c man .SH AUTHOR
@node Legal, CommandIdx, Bugreport, Top
@chapter Author, Copyright, Credits
@section Author
Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@@gmx.net>
@*
for libburnia-project.org
@c man .SH COPYRIGHT
@section Copyright
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2024 Thomas Schmitt
@*
Permission is granted to distribute this text freely. It shall only be
modified in sync with the technical properties of @command{xorriso}.
If you make use of the license to derive modified versions of
@command{xorriso} then you are entitled to modify this text under that
same license.
@c man .SH CREDITS
@section Credits
@command{xorriso} is in part based on work by Vreixo Formoso who provides
libisofs together with Mario Danic who also leads the libburnia team.
Vladimir Serbinenko contributed the HFS+ filesystem code and related knowledge.
Thanks to Andy Polyakov who invented emulated growing,
to Derek Foreman and Ben Jansens who once founded libburn.
@*
Compliments towards Joerg Schilling whose cdrtools served me for ten years.
@c man-ignore-lines begin

@node CommandIdx, ConceptIdx, Legal, Top
@chapter Alphabetic Command List
@printindex ky

@node ConceptIdx,, CommandIdx, Top
@chapter Alphabetic List of Concepts and Objects
@printindex cp

@c man-ignore-lines end
@bye